<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en-GB">
	<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ictu+alexander.bielowski</id>
	<title>DE4A - User contributions [en-gb]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Ictu+alexander.bielowski"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Special:Contributions/Ictu_alexander.bielowski"/>
	<updated>2026-04-05T19:07:33Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4171</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4171"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:14:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. It is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]] then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN]. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Time_Horizons Time Horizons] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4170</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4170"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:13:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. It is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]]&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN]. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Time_Horizons Time Horizons] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4169</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4169"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:13:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. It is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]]&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN]. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Time_Horizons Time Horizons] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4168</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4168"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:12:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: Update of the Reference Architecture page to the PSA second iteration status&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]]&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN]. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Time_Horizons Time Horizons] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4167</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4167"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:10:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN]. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Time_Horizons Time Horizons] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]]&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4166</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4166"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:09:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Reference Architecture */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox.png|center|frameless|900x900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. It provides guidance to the DE4A pilots and to  projects seeking to implement cross-border once-only enabled eProcedures. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection components and candidate Building Blocks. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application Collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reference architecture at conceptional/functional level is completed with a catalogue of candidate building blocks mapped to required Application Services that they are intended to deliver in the context of each pilot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Solutions are split in Semantic Interoperability Solutions and Common Components. The first deals with semantic specifications, the second with SW components. There is also a link related to development and testing activities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also provides a [[Legal and ethical analysis]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Inputs and suggestions can be provided on the subpage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4165</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4165"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T15:05:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR). These insights where condensed into a list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] that provided the structure to define underlying working assumptions per interaction pattern&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Two further patterns introduce exchange of information between public authorities at a later point in time and without direct user-interaction. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern. The  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] provides the possibility to the Data Owner to receive a signal if the status of the user (i.e. the company) changes over time in a way that is significant for the ongoing service provided (i.e. subsidy). The [[Lookup Pattern]]&amp;lt;nowiki/&amp;gt;then allows the DO to retrieve an updated version of a previously exchanged evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also maintains an  [[Architecture Log]] that keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture.&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4164</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4164"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:56:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution (t=3) and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies. These three pattern are all concerned with the exchange of evidence in the direct context of the user-interaction in an eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4163</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4163"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:52:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the Architecture Metamodel described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4162</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4162"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:52:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4161</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4161"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:50:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4160</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4160"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:49:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4159</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4159"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:49:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]] opens a perspective to a potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]] and the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4158</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4158"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:47:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4157</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4157"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:46:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [[Pilots]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4156</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4156"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:45:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the [[Pilots|DE4A]] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4155</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4155"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:42:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The  Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] as part of the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration] and D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - second iteration. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA recognizes five distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4154</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4154"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:06:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture is based on the [[DE4A Architecture Metamodel|Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first version of the Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] as part of the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] as expressed in the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_cd8abc5ce50048fa8fc32bb283775bc9.pdf D4.1], [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_06009964818747a0824f7dd2f9f75fde.pdf D4.5] and [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_06009964818747a0824f7dd2f9f75fde.pdf D4.9] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA - First iteration recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4153</id>
		<title>Reference Architecture</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Reference_Architecture&amp;diff=4153"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:06:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The DE4A Reference Architecture implements is based on the [[Architecture Metamodel]] described in deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework] and applies the definitions and description language from [https://www.opengroup.org/archimate-home ArchiMate] and [https://www.bpmn.org/ BPMN].   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first version of the Reference Architecture is developed with a clear focus on providing direction to the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] as part of the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_a1911e2c84334864961fcdeadc7e05f7.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]. Most important inputs to the PSA are the Architecture Framework, the detailed requirements of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Pilots Pilots] as expressed in the public deliverables [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_cd8abc5ce50048fa8fc32bb283775bc9.pdf D4.1], [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_06009964818747a0824f7dd2f9f75fde.pdf D4.5] and [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_06009964818747a0824f7dd2f9f75fde.pdf D4.9] and an analysis of the legal requirements of [https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/HTML/?uri=CELEX:32018R1724&amp;amp;from=EN#d1e1584-1-1 Article 14 of the Regulation (EU) 2018/1724 establishing a single digital gateway to provide access to information, to procedures and to assistance and problem-solving service] (SDGR).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA - First iteration recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns: The design of the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern] took the Single Digital Gateway (SDG) Once-Only Technical System High Level Architecture (HLA) and insights gained from the [http://wiki.ds.unipi.gr/display/TOOPRA TOOP Reference Architecture] as starting point and was instrumental in uncovering implicit assumptions (i.e. working hypotheses) concerning the fundamental, [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions Interdisciplinary Questions] in context of cross-border exchange of evidence. The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern] can relax some of these hypotheses by introducing a direct interaction between the User and the Data Provider. These two patterns fall in the [[Time Horizons|Time Horizon]] t=2 (~end 2023), whereas the third pattern, the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern] open a perspective to the potential future solution and investigates the transformative impact of new blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming Project Start Architecture - Second iteration introduces two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: the  [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern] and the [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Reference_Architecture Reference Architecture] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Intermediation_Pattern Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/User-supported_Intermediation_Pattern User-supported Intermediation Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern Verifiable Credentials Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern Subscription and Notification Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
*[https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Lookup_Pattern Lookup Pattern]&lt;br /&gt;
The [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Architecture_Log Architecture Log] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of [[Interdisciplinary Questions]] deals with complex interdisciplenary topics and underlying working assumptions.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Interaction Patterns]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4152</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4152"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T14:02:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Reference Architecture */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;__NOTOC__&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox.png|center|frameless|900x900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A developed a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by-default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [[Time Horizons]] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection components and candidate Building Blocks. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application Collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The reference architecture at conceptional/functional level is completed with a catalogue of candidate building blocks mapped to required Application Services that they are intended to deliver in the context of each pilot.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
The DE4A Solutions are split in Semantic Interoperability Solutions and Common Components. The first deals with semantic specifications, the second with SW components. There is also a link related to development and testing activities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also provides a [[Legal and ethical analysis]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Inputs and suggestions can be provided on the subpage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4135</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4135"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T13:30:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Legal and ethical support */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A develops a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [[Time Horizons]] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection of technical and semantic common components and candidate Building Blocks that are relevant for eGovernment interoperability in general and digital-by-default procedures and the Once-only Principle in particular. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces. You will find on each Application component pages a list of relevant DE4A common components, candidate Building Blocks (e.g. CEF) and memberstate solutions that jointly or alternatively realize that Application component. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
TODO add intro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A also provides a [[Legal and ethical analysis]]. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(Inputs and suggestions can be provided on the subpage)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Disclaimer'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;This DE4A wiki is created, hosted and maintained by and on behalf of the members of the DE4A consortium (see [https://www.de4a.eu/consortium https://www.de4a.eu/consortium]). All contents are provided in good faith by persons supporting this consortium, with the common objective of furthering the progress of the DE4A project.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Anyone with appropriate credentials may choose to add or edit contents of the DE4A wiki. Any contributions to the content remain owned by the respective contributor(s), but by submitting any contents, you explicitly authorise the DE4A consortium to publish and disseminate the contents via the wiki. Furthermore, you authorise the members of the DE4A consortium to use your contents for any purposes (including usage outside of this wiki) that would benefit the execution of the DE4A project. Each contributor should apply reasonable care to verify that their contributions are likely to contribute to the progress of the DE4A project, given the expertise and knowledge of the contributor and the state of the project. In case of doubts on this point, the contributor should take care to communicate any applicable constraints or reservations in the contribution. Each contributor is responsible for ensuring that their individual contributions are lawful, including but not limited to ensuring that contributions do not violate any third party intellectual property rights.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Irrespective of the above, contents are provided purely on an ‘as is’ basis, without any guarantees of accuracy, completeness or usability for any particular purpose. Contents do not necessarily reflect a consensus or a shared position of the DE4A consortium as a whole, nor even of any individual member. Anyone who decides to rely on the contents of the DE4A wiki for any reason or purpose should apply their own diligence, and assumes full and exclusive responsibility and liability for any consequences of their reliance on the contents. No assurances are provided with respect to the contents, neither explicitly nor implied.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4134</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4134"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T13:29:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Legal and ethical support */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A develops a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [[Time Horizons]] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection of technical and semantic common components and candidate Building Blocks that are relevant for eGovernment interoperability in general and digital-by-default procedures and the Once-only Principle in particular. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces. You will find on each Application component pages a list of relevant DE4A common components, candidate Building Blocks (e.g. CEF) and memberstate solutions that jointly or alternatively realize that Application component. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
TODO add intro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Legal and ethical work under [[Legal and ethical analysis]]. Inputs and suggestions can be provided there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Disclaimer'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;This DE4A wiki is created, hosted and maintained by and on behalf of the members of the DE4A consortium (see [https://www.de4a.eu/consortium https://www.de4a.eu/consortium]). All contents are provided in good faith by persons supporting this consortium, with the common objective of furthering the progress of the DE4A project.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Anyone with appropriate credentials may choose to add or edit contents of the DE4A wiki. Any contributions to the content remain owned by the respective contributor(s), but by submitting any contents, you explicitly authorise the DE4A consortium to publish and disseminate the contents via the wiki. Furthermore, you authorise the members of the DE4A consortium to use your contents for any purposes (including usage outside of this wiki) that would benefit the execution of the DE4A project. Each contributor should apply reasonable care to verify that their contributions are likely to contribute to the progress of the DE4A project, given the expertise and knowledge of the contributor and the state of the project. In case of doubts on this point, the contributor should take care to communicate any applicable constraints or reservations in the contribution. Each contributor is responsible for ensuring that their individual contributions are lawful, including but not limited to ensuring that contributions do not violate any third party intellectual property rights.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Irrespective of the above, contents are provided purely on an ‘as is’ basis, without any guarantees of accuracy, completeness or usability for any particular purpose. Contents do not necessarily reflect a consensus or a shared position of the DE4A consortium as a whole, nor even of any individual member. Anyone who decides to rely on the contents of the DE4A wiki for any reason or purpose should apply their own diligence, and assumes full and exclusive responsibility and liability for any consequences of their reliance on the contents. No assurances are provided with respect to the contents, neither explicitly nor implied.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Library_of_components_and_building_blocks&amp;diff=4133</id>
		<title>Library of components and building blocks</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Library_of_components_and_building_blocks&amp;diff=4133"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T13:20:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Application collaborations */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This page contains the collection of technical and semantic common components and candidate Building Blocks that are relevant for eGovernment interoperability in general and digital-by-default procedures and the Once-only Principle in particular. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces. You will find on each Application component pages a list of relevant DE4A common components, candidate Building Blocks (e.g. CEF) and memberstate solutions that jointly or alternatively realize that Application component. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application components ===&lt;br /&gt;
The application collaborations are used as a functional classification of the architecture application components. Please navigate to the respective sub-page for details (services, building blocks and DE4A solutions) of these application components.&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Building blocks (BB) assessment ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reference architecture description on conceptional/functional level is brought together with a catalogue of candidate building blocks mapped to required Application Services that they are intended to deliver in the context of each pilot. Gaps are identified that need common components and semantic solutions to be developed by WP5 and WP3 respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The BB assessment takes place in two phases:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In [[Building Blocks|the first phase]], as part of the PSA 1st iteration, the approach assessment of the BBs was elaborated and a quick scan was performed.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the second phase, after the Pilot's implementation and usage of some of the BBs, the assessment will be continued.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4132</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4132"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T13:17:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Library of components and  building blocks */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A develops a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [[Time Horizons]] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection of technical and semantic common components and candidate Building Blocks that are relevant for eGovernment interoperability in general and digital-by-default procedures and the Once-only Principle in particular. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces. You will find on each Application component pages a list of relevant DE4A common components, candidate Building Blocks (e.g. CEF) and memberstate solutions that jointly or alternatively realize that Application component. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
TODO add intro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Legal and ethical work under [[Legal and ethical analysis|Work Packages 7 and 10 is summarised in a separate Wiki page]]. Inputs and suggestions can be provided there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Disclaimer'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;This DE4A wiki is created, hosted and maintained by and on behalf of the members of the DE4A consortium (see [https://www.de4a.eu/consortium https://www.de4a.eu/consortium]). All contents are provided in good faith by persons supporting this consortium, with the common objective of furthering the progress of the DE4A project.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Anyone with appropriate credentials may choose to add or edit contents of the DE4A wiki. Any contributions to the content remain owned by the respective contributor(s), but by submitting any contents, you explicitly authorise the DE4A consortium to publish and disseminate the contents via the wiki. Furthermore, you authorise the members of the DE4A consortium to use your contents for any purposes (including usage outside of this wiki) that would benefit the execution of the DE4A project. Each contributor should apply reasonable care to verify that their contributions are likely to contribute to the progress of the DE4A project, given the expertise and knowledge of the contributor and the state of the project. In case of doubts on this point, the contributor should take care to communicate any applicable constraints or reservations in the contribution. Each contributor is responsible for ensuring that their individual contributions are lawful, including but not limited to ensuring that contributions do not violate any third party intellectual property rights.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Irrespective of the above, contents are provided purely on an ‘as is’ basis, without any guarantees of accuracy, completeness or usability for any particular purpose. Contents do not necessarily reflect a consensus or a shared position of the DE4A consortium as a whole, nor even of any individual member. Anyone who decides to rely on the contents of the DE4A wiki for any reason or purpose should apply their own diligence, and assumes full and exclusive responsibility and liability for any consequences of their reliance on the contents. No assurances are provided with respect to the contents, neither explicitly nor implied.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4131</id>
		<title>DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=DE4A_Service_Interoperability_Solutions_Toolbox&amp;diff=4131"/>
		<updated>2022-01-26T13:17:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;This toolbox is the central, long-term deliverable of the DE4A Architecture work package (WP2) and takes the form of a structured, online architecture repository that extends from the content of the Architecture Framework and prior work of e-SENS. The toolbox includes (pointers to) prior work in CEF, ISA, ISA&amp;lt;sup&amp;gt;2&amp;lt;/sup&amp;gt; and prior LSPs. It includes new DE4A common components and implementation method and Pilot insights. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Pilots]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A includes three cross-border and cross-domain [[Pilots]] - &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Studying Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#FFFF00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;, and &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:#00FFFF&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Moving Abroad Pilot]]&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; -, comprising different functional use cases focused on different high-impact and viable administrative procedures, and aimed to realize tangible benefits in fully operational environments to real users (citizens, students, business persons and public servants). The Pilots are delivered by a separate, agile, multi-disciplinary, inter-member state teams of experts. The focus of these teams is on iterative system integration and configuration, hence on making existing building blocks and solutions work together in real life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Reference Architecture|Reference Architecture]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
DE4A develops a multi-pattern architecture for eGovernment interoperability with a focus on digital-by default procedures for citizens and businesses and the full implementation of the Once-Only Principle. The DE4A Architecture Framework defines five architecture [[Time Horizons]] staring from the pre-SDG baseline (t=0, ~2019) and reaching to a long-term vision (t=4, ~2030+) in order to place different developments in context. More detail on the Architecture Framework is available in the public deliverable [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The development of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]] started in the context of [https://wiki.de4a.eu/images/f/f4/DE4A_D2.4_Project_Start_Architecture_-_v2.3.pdf D2.4 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - First iteration]  and recognizes three distinct Reference Interaction Patterns:&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The forthcoming D2.5 Project Start Architecture (PSA) - Second iteration is introducing two additional Reference Interaction Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Subscription and Notification Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Lookup Pattern]]&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Architecture Log]] keeps track of deviations from DE4A principles and the reference architecture in general and also records the implications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== [[Library of components and  building blocks]] ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This section contains the collection of technical and semantic common components and candidate Building Blocks that are relevant for eGovernment interoperability in general and digital-by-default procedures and the Once-only Principle in particular. The classification of this library follows the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]], starting on the highest level of architecture components: the Application collaborations. These Application collaborations are aggregations of Application components, Data objects and Interfaces. You will find on each Application component pages a list of relevant DE4A common components, candidate Building Blocks (e.g. CEF) and memberstate solutions that jointly or alternatively realize that Application component. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Application collaborations ===&lt;br /&gt;
* [[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Building blocks (BB) assessment ===&lt;br /&gt;
The reference architecture description on conceptional/functional level is brought together with a catalogue of candidate building blocks mapped to required Application Services that they are intended to deliver in the context of each pilot. Gaps are identified that need common components and semantic solutions to be developed by WP5 and WP3 respectively.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The BB assessment takes place in two phases:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In [[Building Blocks|the first phase]], as part of the PSA 1st iteration, the approach assessment of the BBs was elaborated and a quick scan was performed.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the second phase, after the Pilot's implementation and usage of some of the BBs, the assessment will be continued.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==DE4A Solutions==&lt;br /&gt;
TODO add intro&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Semantic interoperability|Semantic Interoperability Solutions]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[WP5|Common Components]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Development and Testing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal and ethical support ==&lt;br /&gt;
Legal and ethical work under [[Legal and ethical analysis|Work Packages 7 and 10 is summarised in a separate Wiki page]]. Inputs and suggestions can be provided there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Disclaimer'''''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;This DE4A wiki is created, hosted and maintained by and on behalf of the members of the DE4A consortium (see [https://www.de4a.eu/consortium https://www.de4a.eu/consortium]). All contents are provided in good faith by persons supporting this consortium, with the common objective of furthering the progress of the DE4A project.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Anyone with appropriate credentials may choose to add or edit contents of the DE4A wiki. Any contributions to the content remain owned by the respective contributor(s), but by submitting any contents, you explicitly authorise the DE4A consortium to publish and disseminate the contents via the wiki. Furthermore, you authorise the members of the DE4A consortium to use your contents for any purposes (including usage outside of this wiki) that would benefit the execution of the DE4A project. Each contributor should apply reasonable care to verify that their contributions are likely to contribute to the progress of the DE4A project, given the expertise and knowledge of the contributor and the state of the project. In case of doubts on this point, the contributor should take care to communicate any applicable constraints or reservations in the contribution. Each contributor is responsible for ensuring that their individual contributions are lawful, including but not limited to ensuring that contributions do not violate any third party intellectual property rights.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
''&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;Irrespective of the above, contents are provided purely on an ‘as is’ basis, without any guarantees of accuracy, completeness or usability for any particular purpose. Contents do not necessarily reflect a consensus or a shared position of the DE4A consortium as a whole, nor even of any individual member. Anyone who decides to rely on the contents of the DE4A wiki for any reason or purpose should apply their own diligence, and assumes full and exclusive responsibility and liability for any consequences of their reliance on the contents. No assurances are provided with respect to the contents, neither explicitly nor implied.&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Information_Desk&amp;diff=3974</id>
		<title>Information Desk</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Information_Desk&amp;diff=3974"/>
		<updated>2022-01-13T11:39:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Information desk application collaboration that combines multiple co-operating application components. It is a logic component that offers information to help DC and DP to perform the OOP exchanges. For IM And USI, It offers information to the DC for helping the user to locate the proper competent authority to provide the required cross-border evidence and for finding the routing information to do the request. The DP consults the information desk to establish that the DC is authorized/allowed to request some evidence type. Besides, the Information Desk can helps users and civil servants to understand cross-border evidence. For [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]] the Information Desk serves as a supporting mechanism for the User, which can help him find the relevant VC issuer (i.e. possible DP) in case he is missing any evidence for the procedure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information desk functionality is achieved through the collaboration of several application components. The Data service lookup component provides an interface to the eProcedure, where the User can retrieve the list of competent authorities (i.e. DPs) within a given geographic area for the evidence he is missing. The list is obtained by reading the entries from the Service registry, which communicates with the Authorization controller to register any changes in the Competent authorities list and the Authority to evidence matrix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=&amp;quot;400&amp;quot; perrow=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Graphic representations of the Information Desk application collaboration&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information Desk( IM and USI).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information_Desk_(VC).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration|[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information_desk_(S&amp;amp;N).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration||[[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information Desk (Lookup).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration||[[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The following table relatesthe terminology used in the reference architecture, the WP3 SDG OOTS solution and the HLA.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Reference Architecture&lt;br /&gt;
![[DE4A Solutions|WP3 solution]]&lt;br /&gt;
!SDG OOTS HLA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence Type Translator&lt;br /&gt;
|DE4A: Out of scope&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence Broker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data Service Lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DE4A Issuing Authority Locator (IAL)|Issuing Authority Locator (IAL)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Evidence Service Locator (ESL)|Evidence Service Locator (ESL)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|DSD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Authorization Controller&lt;br /&gt;
|Cross-border Access&lt;br /&gt;
Authorisation Registry (CAAR)&lt;br /&gt;
|RoA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Attribute Definition and Label Translation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DE4A Multilingual Ontology Repository (MOR)|Multilingual Ontology Repository (MOR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Application Components of the Information Desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Application Component !! Description !! Pattern(s)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Service Lookup]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for looking up the data service(s) that can be used to request an evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
In case of VC it returns the URL of the evidence portal.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]], [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Service Registry Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component maintaining the service registry.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]],[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Authorization Controller]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component to establish which data service, e.g. evidence types can be requested and whether this is allowed under allowed under applicable Union or national law without user request and preview. This applies also to the subscription service.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]],  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Authorities Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component maintaining the list of competent authorities and the relationships between those authorities and evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Type Translator]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for translating one type of evidence from its domestic form to the corresponding canonical form. Since [[Canonical Evidence|canonical evidence types]] are the ground for the [[semantic interoperability|DE4A semantic interoperability]] of cross-border evidence, and semantic and syntactic aspects of domestic evidence types can vary significantly, the evidence type translator should be implemented by each evidence consumer and provider according to their specificities,&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Map Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for helping evidence consumers and providers to map their domestic evidence to the corresponding canonical evidence by semantically and syntactically describing each canonical evidence type for a common understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Information Desk to Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Data Service Lookup exposed to Evidence Interchange Management.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Information Desk to Cross-border Notifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Cross-border Notifications providing the routing information for the notifications&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Equivalent Evidence]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Evidence Type Translator for identifying equivalent evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
Note Won't be piloted in DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Competent Authorities]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface exposing the Authorization Controller for establishing that a Competent Authority is  allowed to request a certain Evidence Type.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Attribute Definition and Label Translation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Application component taking care of the translation of attribute definitions and labels. This would allow to provide canonical evidences as in agreed and accepted translations, i.e. during the preview. This service could also be integrated in public service back-office systems to support the work of public servants (beyond DE4A pilot scope).&lt;br /&gt;
This service, based on agreed semantic equivalence, is meant to resolve the legal barrier 'L4: Requirements for translation of data/evidences' identified in D1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Multi-lingual Translator]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to the Attribute Definition and Label Translation for looking up multi-lingual translations of attribute definitions and labels. Within pilot scope, the Multilingual translation provides its functionality only to the preview. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Translation Map Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Application component maintaining the mapping used for translations.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Information_Desk&amp;diff=3973</id>
		<title>Information Desk</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Information_Desk&amp;diff=3973"/>
		<updated>2022-01-13T11:38:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Information desk application collaboration that combines multiple co-operating application components. It is a logic component that offers information to help DC and DP to perform the OOP exchanges. For IM And USI, It offers information to the DC for helping the user to locate the proper competent authority to provide the required cross-border evidence and for finding the routing information to do the request. The DP consults the information desk to establish that the DC is authorized/allowed to request some evidence type. Besides, the Information Desk can helps users and civil servants to understand cross-border evidence. For [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]] the Information Desk serves as a supporting mechanism for the User, which can help him find the relevant VC issuer (i.e. possible DP) in case he is missing any evidence for the procedure. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The information desk functionality is achieved through the collaboration of several application components. The Data service lookup component provides an interface to the eProcedure, where the User can retrieve the list of competent authorities (i.e. DPs) within a given geographic area for the evidence he is missing. The list is obtained by reading the entries from the Service registry, which communicates with the Authorization controller to register any changes in the Competent authorities list and the Authority to evidence matrix. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;gallery widths=&amp;quot;400&amp;quot; perrow=&amp;quot;4&amp;quot; caption=&amp;quot;Graphic representations of the Information Desk application collaboration&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information Desk( IM and USI).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information_Desk_(VC).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration|[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information_desk_(S&amp;amp;N).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration||[[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
File:Information Desk (Lookup).png|alt=Graphic representation of the Information Desk application collaboration||[[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/gallery&amp;gt;The following table relatesthe terminology used in the reference architecture, the WP3 SDG OOTS solution and the HLA.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
!Reference Architecture&lt;br /&gt;
!WP3 solution &lt;br /&gt;
!SDG OOTS HLA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence Type Translator&lt;br /&gt;
|DE4A: Out of scope&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence Broker&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data Service Lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DE4A Issuing Authority Locator (IAL)|Issuing Authority Locator (IAL)]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[DE4A Evidence Service Locator (ESL)|Evidence Service Locator (ESL)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|DSD&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Authorization Controller&lt;br /&gt;
|Cross-border Access&lt;br /&gt;
Authorisation Registry (CAAR)&lt;br /&gt;
|RoA&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Attribute Definition and Label Translation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[[DE4A Multilingual Ontology Repository (MOR)|Multilingual Ontology Repository (MOR)]]&lt;br /&gt;
|n/a&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Application Components of the Information Desk&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
! Application Component !! Description !! Pattern(s)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Data Service Lookup]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for looking up the data service(s) that can be used to request an evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
In case of VC it returns the URL of the evidence portal.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]], [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Service Registry Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component maintaining the service registry.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]],[[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Authorization Controller]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component to establish which data service, e.g. evidence types can be requested and whether this is allowed under allowed under applicable Union or national law without user request and preview. This applies also to the subscription service.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]],  [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Authorities Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component maintaining the list of competent authorities and the relationships between those authorities and evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Type Translator]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for translating one type of evidence from its domestic form to the corresponding canonical form. Since [[Canonical Evidence|canonical evidence types]] are the ground for the [[semantic interoperability|DE4A semantic interoperability]] of cross-border evidence, and semantic and syntactic aspects of domestic evidence types can vary significantly, the evidence type translator should be implemented by each evidence consumer and provider according to their specificities,&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Map Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
| Application component for helping evidence consumers and providers to map their domestic evidence to the corresponding canonical evidence by semantically and syntactically describing each canonical evidence type for a common understanding.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Information Desk to Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Data Service Lookup exposed to Evidence Interchange Management.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]], [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Information Desk to Cross-border Notifications]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Cross-border Notifications providing the routing information for the notifications&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Subscription and Notification Pattern|S&amp;amp;N]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Equivalent Evidence]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to Evidence Type Translator for identifying equivalent evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
Note Won't be piloted in DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Competent Authorities]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface exposing the Authorization Controller for establishing that a Competent Authority is  allowed to request a certain Evidence Type.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI,]] [[Lookup Pattern|LKP]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Attribute Definition and Label Translation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Application component taking care of the translation of attribute definitions and labels. This would allow to provide canonical evidences as in agreed and accepted translations, i.e. during the preview. This service could also be integrated in public service back-office systems to support the work of public servants (beyond DE4A pilot scope).&lt;br /&gt;
This service, based on agreed semantic equivalence, is meant to resolve the legal barrier 'L4: Requirements for translation of data/evidences' identified in D1.7&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Multi-lingual Translator]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Interface to the Attribute Definition and Label Translation for looking up multi-lingual translations of attribute definitions and labels. Within pilot scope, the Multilingual translation provides its functionality only to the preview. &lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Translation Map Editor]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Application component maintaining the mapping used for translations.&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Intermediation Pattern|IM]], [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|-  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Architecture_Log&amp;diff=3875</id>
		<title>Architecture Log</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Architecture_Log&amp;diff=3875"/>
		<updated>2021-11-18T12:15:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A Architecture Log&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''#'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Principle/Application  collaboration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implication/Exception'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Discription&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Use  case/pattern'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  reauthentication&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle assumes automated data exchange on the basis of automatic match of  the used person eID with the unique identifiers used in the authentic  sources. Automatic identity matching is not always possible and may require  re-authentication of the users at DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  minimisation&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  selection of the appropriate pieces of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|Multiple  pieces of evidence of the same type can exist at a DP, for example when a  student has two diplomas in different fields and only one of them is suitable  to be submitted to the DC as part of the application.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  minimisation&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  additional data in evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|Lack  of common evidence schemes across EU means that more data than necessary  might be included in evidence, e.g. certificate of completion of secondary  education.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority &lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  multiple authorities&lt;br /&gt;
|The  evidence can be stored at several places, for example universities issue  diplomas to students, however the competent authorities for this type of  evidence can also be national or regional registries of diplomas operated by  Ministries or other relevant bodies.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority &lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  single request&lt;br /&gt;
|Member  States can establish brokers that connect to different competent authorities,  for examples those issuing academic (record of academic results) and  non-academic (household status) evidence.   In such cases, there can be only one request and transfer required for  several pieces of evidence owned by different competent authorities.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  sending an image for previewing&lt;br /&gt;
|The DBA pilot focusses on exchange of  structured and machine processable data. In some cases, for previewing  purposes, the DC will present the user with the official document on screen  as well. This is an image of the document the user is familiar with in  current practise (like unstructured data in a PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
As an implication of this architectural principle, the image should be  integrated in the exchange of structured data. In other words, DBA expects  the image to be one of the data elements in the evidence definition. The data  provider should guarantee that the data incorporated in the image is  identical to the structured data sent. Furthermore, the technical system  should allow for swift transport of such images to prevent unacceptable  waiting times for the user. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  data is not concerning the user&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle assumes the data exchanged is on the user itself and the user has  authenticated with his/her eID. In the DBA pilots there are two  deviations:&lt;br /&gt;
1.    The data exchanged is on the company and not on the  user (the representative).&lt;br /&gt;
2.    Not in all cases the user will be authenticated, e.g.  when updating company data after receiving a notification from the data  provider. &lt;br /&gt;
No matching of the natural person eID with the unique identifier from the  authentic source is foreseen. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  company identification via eIDAS&lt;br /&gt;
|It  is of course crucial that information from the correct company will be  provided. The member state identifying the company should provide a company  identifier that the business register uses to identify the company as well.  Translated to eIDAS: the eIDAS LegalPersonIdentifier should be the company  identifier in the business register of the data providing member state. This  way, the data consumer can send the eIDAS LegalPersonIdentifier to the data  provider 1-on-1. &lt;br /&gt;
The DBA pilot assumes no ‘company identity matching’. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Digital  by default&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  paper-based procedures are not accepted&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states ‘this does not mean that the user should be obliged to use  the online administrative procedure’. This is obviously true for services to  citizens, but not to companies. &lt;br /&gt;
Some Member States, like NL, require companies to use digital services.  Digital is not only default, but mandatory as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|10&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:One-Only  Principle&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  re-design of customer journey&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that multiple administrative procedures must be re-analysed  in the context of the complete customer journey. Fortunately, this approach  has been widely adopted by many Member States already for services to  companies. Company portals (business portals / PSC) offer services to  companies to be fulfilled by several service providers. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|11&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  some authentic data will be copied&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that data from authentic sources should preferably not be  copied by the data consumer. In the doing business abroad cases, it is – for  the foreseeable future – inevitable that basic company information will be  copied. This information is needed for multiple services and service  providers, at the time of use as well as later in the process. These DV  processes cannot rely on external sources of company data fully. Fortunately,  basic company information does not change often.&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the company as updated as possible, the doing business abroad  architecture defined two mechanisms for updating data:&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the company as updated as possible, the doing business abroad  architecture defined two mechanisms for updating data:&lt;br /&gt;
1.       Each time the user authenticates to  the company portal, the company portal will retrieve up-to-date company data  to check whether company attributes have been changed.&lt;br /&gt;
2.       When supported by the data provider:  a notification mechanism from the data provider to the data consumer will be  sent in case of a change in company data (subscription &amp;amp; notification  pattern).&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|12&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Mobile  first&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  desktop first implementation&lt;br /&gt;
|Most  of the administrative tasks performed by companies doing business abroad are  performed using desktop pc’s. That will not change soon. The DBA pilot will  learn from mobile design and implement mobile design elements whenever  useful, e.g. implement a responsive design. But, in case  mobile-first-elements may weaken the desktop-experience, the latter  prevails. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|13&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  control by the user&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  when updating company data, the user should not be in control&lt;br /&gt;
|The  subscription &amp;amp; notification pattern doesn’t involve users. In a sense,  when notifying and updating in this pattern the user is not controlling the  data at that point in time. Furthermore, sending data from the data provider  to the data consumer is not necessarily in the interest of the user/company,  e.g. when the company portal needs to be updated in order to prevent fraud,  end financial support, impose additional taxes, etc. Additional legal  analysis is required to examine the conditions under which use of the OOP  technical system is allowed for updates.&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|14&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Reuse  before build&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  BRIS will not be used&lt;br /&gt;
|There  is a difficulty in reusing existing components built under different  directives/regulations. Existing components must be extended/changed and  retested. This is not always cheaper and might lead to unwanted compromises  and complexity. Furthermore, this is not always legally possible. &lt;br /&gt;
BRIS has been developed for inter-business register communication only and  has been – legally – limited to certain pre-defined data-elements.  Furthermore, the commission is assessing new concepts to replace the BRIS  network that exists today. &lt;br /&gt;
The DBA pilot will not use the BRIS network but will use the BRIS semantics  as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|15&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  control by the user&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  requested evidences might contain user data for other natural persons than  the requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states the user has a maximum degree of control over his personal  data. In case of self-employed / sole traders / single person entities,  company data will be personal as well. The company address may be the home  address of the person running the company for example.&lt;br /&gt;
The user will not be in control of this personal data in all cases. The  importance of data exchange for safe economic operation might prevail over  personal privacy (e.g. to prevent fraud). In any case, data exchange on any  company must always comply with the GDPR requirements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|16&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Digital  by default&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  Paper-based procedures are sometimes necessary&lt;br /&gt;
|In  some member states, evidences are no readily available via online services.  The reasons may be national law or lagging digitalization. Evidences must in  some cases be digitized from paper-based sources before they can be made  available in online services.&lt;br /&gt;
|MA1,  MA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|17&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Once-Only  Principle&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  re-design of customer journey&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that multiple administrative procedures must be re-analysed  in the context of the complete customer journey. There are ongoing activities  in many member states to take a more user-centric approach when designing  services. However, much work remains to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
|MA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|18&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Mobile  first&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  no mobile first implementation&lt;br /&gt;
|Designing  for mobile first may not be the best solution for users where there is a lot  of information to enter or preview. &lt;br /&gt;
|MA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|19&lt;br /&gt;
|Information  Desk&lt;br /&gt;
|The  re-direct URL is now included in the information desk &lt;br /&gt;
|Needs validation in 2nd iteration&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|20&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA does is not piloting the Evidence Overview&lt;br /&gt;
|The DBA use case only deals with a single evidence  - the company reghistration - and no large delays beyond several seconds is (short round trip), making a status overview less important for the overal user experience, i.e. an information that the evidence retrieval and rendering of a preview might take a coupld of seconds would suffice.  In addition, the [[Intermediation Pattern]], hence the preview is at the DC and the user exclusively interacts with the DC. Consequently, the Evidence Overview is purely informative (no user actions) and does not serve a &amp;quot;return to&amp;quot;-point as is the case in the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]] pattern. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|21&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|SA and MA do not pilot the Evidence Overview&lt;br /&gt;
|SA knows multiple evidence types and multiple evidence but not multiple data providers. It is coincidence that both ES and SI can provide all evidences from one provider (i.e. ES the Data Intermediation Platform). This means the second iteration will pilot multiple evidences, but will remain a single request - single response case. The same appears to apply equally to MA &lt;br /&gt;
|SA1, SA2, MA1, MA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Interdisciplinary_Questions&amp;diff=3847</id>
		<title>Interdisciplinary Questions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Interdisciplinary_Questions&amp;diff=3847"/>
		<updated>2021-11-11T12:33:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Multi-evidence Cases */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA collected 25 interdisciplinary questions as basis to provide guidance to the pilots. For each of the [[Reference Interaction Patterns]], working hypotheses were formulated for the interdisciplinary questions relevant for that specific pattern. This helped to contrast the pattern and make the implications clear for policy stakeholders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Orchestration / Choreography ==&lt;br /&gt;
The automated cross-border exchange of evidence requires many actors and systems to collaborate in an orderly manner, as also identified as barrier in D1.7:  T3: The managing and governance of the choreography of distributed components managed by different agents and during a single user session. The sheer number of possible combinations in different procedures means that most combinations cannot be tested prior to first operational use. The more so, a solid concept of coordinating the actions and services required for the OOP exchange of evidence is required, irrespective of it being central orchestration or decentral choreography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This need is further aggravated in Interrupted scenarios, which might include extended pauses or waiting periods in the overall process (i.e. issuing the evidence needs several days). Restricting the system to only uninterrupted exchange simplifies the challenge somewhat, but essentially, we still need to manage the interaction between User, DC, potentially several DP and several organisations in-between facilitating the exchange. In addition, we expect that a purely uninterrupted scenario might be too restrictive to cover the breadth of real-life scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Complementary, overlapping or conflicting evidence equivalents ==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to consider that the request for evidence in one country can lead to the identification of a multitude of available equivalents in other countries. This leads to the need for disambiguation: The equivalents can be ''complementary'', meaning that several pieces of evidence are needed jointly to be equivalent. They also could be ''overlapping'', meaning that several equivalents are available for a required evidence or criterion, yet all are valid; or they could be ''conflicting'', which would mean that at least one of them is not correct. The underlying reasons for such situations could be complex real-life cases (e.g. multiple nationalities or complex life journey through several Member States), or the result of poor data quality across unreconciled registries in different Member States. In any case, the once only technical system will need to be robust against such cases and cannot assume a single request to single evidence case to be the only viable standard situation. Please note that this topic is about disambiguation, as opposed to cases that rightfully and correctly have multiple evidences involved in a single eProcedure (see [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions#Multi-evidence_Cases Multi-evidence Cases] in this chapter below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange ==&lt;br /&gt;
In the SDG context lives a strong assumption that the complete evidence exchange will be handled in an uninterrupted way within the timelines of a single user session, as part of completing an e-procedure. From Member State experience, we see that there are good practical and technological reasons to also consider scenarios where the evidence exchange is interrupted and can be resumed later (in the SDG context, the term “deferred response” is used at the moment). One practical reason is, for example, that some requested evidence is not immediately available in a format that allows for its automated exchange but can be made available at a later moment. Several member states have a mechanism to digitize the requested evidence on demand. Including this possibility would increase the volume of evidence that can be made available through the system. Also, in the multi-evidence case, when two or more evidences needs to be collected, it may not be feasible for the user to complete the procedure in one take. This topic was also recognized as organisational barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: O1: Data may be not ready for access in real-time without authorisation by a civil servant, and OP2: Data may not be ready for access in real-time without following procedures involving batch processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, a hybrid case appears to make sense, where the resume functionality serves as fall-back to handle exceptions in an a-priori uninterrupted procedure. It must be considered, however, that supporting interrupted procedures (resume functionality) across a multitude of cross-border participants is a very complex challenge involving correlation across highly independent systems and persistence (and consequently clean-up) of process instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Explicit request and transitivity between actors ==&lt;br /&gt;
In the SDGR, the exchange of evidence is generally initiated on explicit request of the user (except where the relevant Union or national law allows for automated cross-border data exchange without an explicit user request). This request is issued to the DC. It remains unclear whether that explicit request needs to be provided as well to the DP, in order for them to check the request prior to actually extracting the evidence back, or the DP can simply trust a request from a DC to be based on an explicit request or applicable law. The Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) of the SDGR Art. 14 Implementing Regulation (version April 2021), for example, expressed that the Explicit Request does not need to be handed over to the DP. Later versions of the (yet to be adopted) Implementing Regulation, however, still explicitly include extensive information about the Explicit Request in the Evidence Request message from DC to the DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The political relevance of this topic become clear when looking at findings of [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7 Legal, technical, cultural and managerial risks and barriers]: more that 70% of the responding MS expressed that they are 'very cautious' when Sharing personal data with other countries and 67% reported that their national OOP approach requires  'Prior request from the user' before sharing data with other administrations within their country. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI ==&lt;br /&gt;
A lot of discussion already went into the topic of user preview and approval prior to completing the exchange of evidence. From a legal and data protection standpoint, we consider a preview prepared by the system of the DC as not optimal, because it would require the evidence to be already transferred prior to the preview. From a solution point of view, however, a preview provided by the DP would introduce several additional complexities, e.g. related to the handover of the user session from DC to potentially several DPs. We should consider the need for a user interface for the once-only technical system that is separate from the eProcedures form itself. Consensus on this point between Member States and the Commission is not yet final and the PSA includes reference interaction pattern for all three cases: preview at the DC, the DP or the U. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Identity and Record Matching ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the problem of matching the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) to the national identification numbers required to extract the evidence. Basis for this matching are the eIDAS mandatory and in some cases the optional attributes. This issue arises both at the DC in starting the online procedure as well as the DP side for extracting the requested evidence (see [[#Transitivity of user identity]] below), as mentioned in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: S5: Identity/record matching when accessing online services cross-border and S6: Identity/record matching of user for data request and data access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As this match is not 100% an exception flow is required. This still needs discussion as it either leads to the OOTS not being available for the user (a potential solution for the Minimum Viable Product (MVP)) or might require more complex user interaction, potentially even involving manual work by a civil servant or the provision of additional evidence. In this way this is also related to the topic of interrupted procedures above in [[#Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transitivity of user identity ==&lt;br /&gt;
This problem arises in the Intermediation Pattern, because the user first authenticates himself vis-à-vis the DC. It is however the DP in another MS that needs to retrieve the evidence related to that user. This often requires a unique identifier, for example the one in the population registry, to access natural person information. The identity of the user (e.g. coming from eIDAS) is unfortunately not transitive (i.e. eUniqueness IDs differ between Member States). This topic related directly to the barrier 'L8: Identity transitivity cross border' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the DP needs to re-establish the identity of the user, i.e. as described in [[#Identity and Record Matching]] above by matching eIDAS attributes to national records. This has again two implications: First, the match can be ambiguous (especially for common names where transliteration and similarity algorithms are needed following language rules specific to each Member State). Second the DC must be legally allowed to transfer the eIDAS attributes to the DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the business domain, this is simpler to resolve as a European Unique Identifier (EUID) for companies exist since 2012. The EUid for Citizen, proposed for the current eIDAS revision should help to resolve this problem as well for natural persons in the Union.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hand-over of UI between actors ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the eProcedure including the OOP transfer requires several systems, controlled by different actors in different MS, to interact with the user, then a UI reference would need to be handed on throughout the OOP evidence exchange. The likeliness for such a hand-on to break along a longer procedure is significant, which would again give rise to the need of supporting interrupted procedure as described in [[#Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange]] above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mandate and Proxy ==&lt;br /&gt;
The power of representation, either a natural person representing a legal person (i.e. mandate) or a natural person representing a natural person (i.e. proxy) or even a legal person representing a natural person is a complicating factor in the identification and OOP exchange of evidence that we cannot ignore. It is also identified as one of the most critical barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: S8: Non-harmonised (or mapped) user rights, including powers and mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas a first implementation for citizen procedures might still put this out of scope, it is surely required in the mid-term solution (time horizon t=3 [&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]), e.g. because of the aging population of the Union. For business-related procedures, this issue must be tackled from the start, as it is always a natural person representing a legal person. The long-term solution should also consider chaining together ‘representation’-relationships or ‘intermediaries’ (e.g.: an accountant representing an accounting firm that represents a trading company that represents a manufacturer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Successful piloting might require an eIDAS extension for powers attributes (i.e. SEMPER). Some partners may be hesitant to deviate from using their eIDAS reference software in production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Encryption Gap ==&lt;br /&gt;
The existence of a national OOP system in many MS means that the roles of Data Requestor (DR) and Data Transferor (DT) will be taken over by central MS organisations that are separate entities or authorities from the Data Owners (DO) and Data Evaluators (DE). This is fully in line with the 4-corner model. This means that it is likely that the gateway between the national OOP system and the European cross-border OOTS will need to decrypt and then re-encrypt the evidence using the national and the European standards, respectively. Consequently, the evidence is available at some point in unencrypted form while being processed by the gateway. Real E2E encryption, which would result in nesting encryptions, could theoretically solve this problem on the technological level. It creates, however, two new challenges: one related to managing certificates across many thousands of competent authorities and the second related to the user preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structured data vs. unstructured data ==&lt;br /&gt;
In how far only structured or also unstructured data is to be supported by OOTS. The SDGR is explicitly not making a choice in this regard, however the solutions discussions are often assuming a structured data exchange. The consensus is not yet final, and we expect this to be one of the topics that remain unclear at least until the completion of the implementing act mid-2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we refer to structured data, we mean electronic data that is adhering to some defined and known, domestic schemas or data models. It is important to note that this means that ‘structured data’ is not equivalent to data in data bases. Also, a structured data document adhering to a known schema is structured data. A document with “some text” or a randomly named image file (of a scanned document) is considered unstructured. Additionally, evidences from different domains might use different data models and schemas, it is important that the data models are defined and known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This discussion is often confused with the assumption of automated re-use of data after transfer (cf. [[#Automated re-use of data]] below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Automated re-use of data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Related to the structured data discussion (see [[#Structured data vs. unstructured data]] above), is the widely held, implicit assumption that data can be automatically reused after exchange in the systems of the DC. Structured data is only one of the prerequisites for automated data re-use. Fully enabling such an automated reuse requires not only: 1) Structured data but also 2) established semantic equivalence across MS and 3) compatible data formats and attribute domains that lend themselves to automated transformation and re-use. Without going into the details of different transformation requirements (e.g. reversible vs. irreversible), it becomes apparent that enabling automated reuse of data is a major challenge across MS, which is also apparent in the barriers identified in D1.7: S2: Evidence Format and cross-MS Compatibility of Formats and S3: Missing Semantic mapping of data elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way semantic equivalence and data format compatibility can be achieved is a closely related discussion. In simple terms, the two standpoints are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Harmonization of data definitions (semantic standardisation and standardisation of the syntaxes, i.e. data formats used) through negotiated agreement either by the legislator (e.g. Directive 2016/1191) or by voluntary consensus (i.e. Health domain) b) Use of semantic technologies to map different ontologies onto each other, potentially involving machine learning (e.g. used by e-commerce platforms and data aggregators)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Production system and real-life cases ==&lt;br /&gt;
The optimal outcome of the DE4A pilots are systems that add real value to the citizen and enterprises of the participating Member States. There are, however, significant impediments or hard-to-overcome challenges that could make full production go-live impractical or even impossible. Examples are extensions of the eIDAS nodes to support mandates and proxies (see [[#Mandate and Proxy]]) or the use of non-notified eIDs. These adapted systems would need to run in “acceptance environments” but could still interface with production systems (i.e. identity service providers) and pilots could still be based on real-life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is the availability of a legal basis for issuing evidence to competent authorities in another MS (cf. [[#Explicit request and transitivity between actors]]). Piloting, using real-life cases, can be seen as a required part of developing the OOTS prior to 12.12.2023. Consequently, it is considered to be covered by SDGR Article 14(11). While this interpretation would support piloting, it implies that the pilot solutions can transfer to full production use only after SDG Article 14(1) to (8) and (10) entered into force 12 December 2023. Approaches like signing a Memorandums of Understanding between piloting Member States (authorities) can alleviate this limitation and substantiate a consensus on the interpretation of Article 14 (11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EESSI integration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic Exchange of Social Security Information (EESSI) is a domain specific, sectoral network that has some overlap with the third use cases in the DE4A Moving Abroad (MA) pilot, i.e. - Request Pension Information &amp;amp; Claim Pension, - both in regard to relevant authorities and to exchanged information. The MA pilot needs to assess whether some EESSI capabilities can be reused. This reuse can take different forms, reaching from a full adoption of EESSI for the use case, via a bridge solution that that would use EESSI as a DP on European level, to the adoption of harmonised data models and definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BRIS integration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Business Register Interconnection System (BRIS) is a domain specific, sectoral network that has some overlap with the use cases in the DE4A Doing Business Abroad (DBA) pilot, both in relevant authorities (i.e. business registers) and in exchanged information. Even if BRIS can only be used by (a subset of) business registries themselves, it already provides today an operational exchange of company information across Europe. A reuse of (an extended) BRIS is understandably in the interest of the participating business registers, however, the possibility of DE4A to create legal and technical changes on the existing BRIS system is very limited. Analysis of the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot|DBA]] pilot shows that the potential of reuse of BRIS is limited for the pilot, i.e. will remain at the level of the reuse of data definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== eIDAS and national authentication systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The question of user authentication in OOP centres around the use of eIDAS, after all this is what eIDAS is there for, to provide cross-border authentication. To focus exclusively on eIDAS might be too restrictive as it would exclude an important user group, namely users that have an eID of the DC country, encompassing own nationals and immigrants. In addition, the current state is that most eProcedures are designed for use by in both national and cross-border settings and we can safely assume that this will remain the case. This means that the eProcedure offers authentication via the national eID scheme or eIDAS as two alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having both eIDAS and the national eID supported can in some cases resolve the issue if a MS has no eIDAS node operational, although this strictly limits the pilot population to users that have (already) an eID of the DC country. At the moment, Romania has no eIDAS node operational; Netherlands and Slovenia support only eIDAS IN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-notified eIDs ==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now the pilots can only move to production with MS that notified their eID. Not all partners have notified so far. This might limit the possibility to pilot on production environments with all partners. An upcoming eIDAS node release, supporting the usage of non-notified eID’s might solve this issue to a certain extent. Further research is needed though. Austria, Slovenia and Romania have not notified yet their identification scheme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment for evidence ==&lt;br /&gt;
As defined as one of the organisational barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7] Some competent authorities charge fees for retrieving or issuing evidence. Pricing models usually cater for national data consumers, not for cross-border users. There could be a legal or financial arrangement for the piloting phase (and preferably beyond). It is important to understand that the payments can also be required between DC and DP and not only between U and DP. This is in line with the barrier 'Access to data may be subject to charges' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Trust Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
A consistent framework is needed that provide trust services across the complete OOTS. Having several PKI in parallel and different nested encryptions will make the overall system unmanageable. In simple terms: we need to make sure that the OOTS is not drowning in key and certificate management complexities. T2.2 set out to develop this trust architecture, initially based on mature technologies and then extending it to include the capabilities of modern blockchain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Irrespective of the technical representation of trust relationships, there might also be an organisational interoperability barrier related to trust. On the one hand, the question whether a DP in one country trusts the DC in another country to handle the exchanged evidence in a trustworthy way. On the other hand, a DC in one country trusting a DP in another country to provide evidence that is correct, up-to-date, and truthful. This issues go beyond the scope of the DE4A pilots, however, discussions around authorization (which DC is allowed to request what type of evidence) or the discussion whether the DP can rely on an explicit user request issued to the DC or must evaluate such request independently of the DC (see also [[#Explicit request and transitivity between actors]]) are all influenced by the barrier of 'Lack of trust (cultural) cross member states' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal basis for SSI and block chain technology ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several legal concerns related to Self-Sovereign Identity and Blockchain technology, such as the storage of personal data in  distributed ledgers or the validity of a decentral identifier. This led Spain to all but ban blockchain from application in eGovernment. By RDL 14/2019 it is forbidden to use a blockchain infrastructure to offer any identification or signature process (until a European or national law regulates the use of these technologies). Ongoing research, discussions, and progress in context of EBSI and ESSIF are clearly relevant for DE4A. It cannot be ascertained yet whether piloting use cases applying blockchain technology can go live in production or would remain exploratory, running in acceptance environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Explicit scope of Article14 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Blueprint of CEF Preparatory Action on OOP adopted a strict interpretation of Article 14: “this exchange pattern is the pattern specified in Article 14. This will therefore become the default evidence exchange pattern of the OOP technical system”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should not restrict DE4A to explore other interaction patterns for several reasons: First, initial discussions show that a translation of the legal text into requirements and further into an optimal solution provides more degrees of freedom than implied by the current blueprint version. Second, the blueprint is focused on meeting the 12.12.2023 deadline, with is not the end, but the start of the Once-Only Technical system. Third, the scope of DE4A is wider than the scope of the SDG implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Matching Evidences between Member States ==&lt;br /&gt;
Evidences that cater for the same or similar life events or public procedures are very heterogeneous across MS, as was confirmed by a Study on Data Mapping for the cross-border application of the Once-Only technical system SDG [11] and corresponds to the barriers for Once Only, identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: Data incompatibility, and Semantic incompatibility of information systems and datasets. This means that in many cases the evidence type required for a procedure in the DC country is meaningless for an evidence issuing authority in the DP country and vice versa. This extends well beyond the question of different languages into the definition of the evidence type itself, the structure and the semantics of its contents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a considerable difference between domains where harmonised evidence types and corresponding schemas and definitions exist and domains without such prior harmonisation, which pose a much larger challenge. The approach for matching required evidences (DC side) and available evidences (DP side) could consequently also differ between harmonised and non-harmonised sectors. DE4A is designing different data models, services and components in the context of the Semantic Framework of WP3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good example of the complexities involved are university degrees. Even if the Bologna Process harmonized the three cycles of higher education in the EU, the equivalence of studies and subjects is not established. Trying to offer equivalence between subjects in different degrees in different universities and different countries may be a titanic effort as it extends from the schema (a degree relates to a specific subject of study) to the definition (is it just the study, or is it more specialized, like a set of five subjects in a degree allows a specific mention in a Master’s degree) to the attribute domain (which would be the official list/catalogue of studies and subjects in the EU). Relevant on-going efforts (e.g. EAR project, ENIC-NARIC Network) will be considered in the [[Studying Abroad Pilot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-evidence Cases ==&lt;br /&gt;
A Multi-evidence Case is an interaction between Data Consumer and Data Provider, where the Data Consumer needs to request several pieces of evidence for a single eProcedure from one or more Data Providers. Multi-evidence Cases implies a more complicated scenario for the involved actors and may require multiple requests, previews, responses as well as aggregating evidences. The implications of Multi-evidence Case depends on the interaction pattern used in the procedure, e.g. intermediation, user-supported intermediation or verifiable credentials. The Table below shows four distinct reasons for the Multi-evidence Case to arise.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
Reasons for Multi-evidence Cases&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Data Providers&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Evidence Types&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Evidences of the same type &lt;br /&gt;
!Evidences for multiple subjects&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|Multiple Data Providers, either one or several evidence types for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidences of different types for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidence of same type for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidence of same type for different subjects (one user, multiple subjects)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: For change of address, several evidence types are required, such as evidence of birth, place of residence, pension claims and income, which are for most MS issued by diferent Data Providers.&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: In some MS (i.e. ES, SI), a national data portal consolidates evidences from different DO:s and doing so acts as a single Data Provider for several evidence types.&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Studying Abroad Pilot]]: A student who has multiple diplomas that can be sourced from the same Data Provider. (This can be either the same University or a national diploma repository, holding diplomas from different education service providers).&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: A family is moving abroad. In that case a parent might run a single eProcedure instance requiring evidence (e.g. place of residence) from all their family members (e.g.: partner, kids, dependent).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General approach&lt;br /&gt;
|Several Evidence Requests, resulting in several Evidence Responses, all holding essentially one single evidence. &lt;br /&gt;
|The Evidence Request and Evidence Response should include multiple canonical evidence IDs and evidence definitions respectively. The request and response would consequently hold an array of evidences. The number of evidence types in the Evidence Request can differ from the number of evidence types that are actually in the response.&lt;br /&gt;
[Note: change request to WP3 IEM]&lt;br /&gt;
|The Evidence Response should include multiple evidence definitions. This means that there is a 1:n relation between requested canonical evidence IDs and issued evidences. &lt;br /&gt;
|Two options:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Multiple eIDAS authentications, including the representation relationship (one authentication per subject), would need to be used, given the limitation of eIDAS, even if extended with concepts from SEMPER.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Leave it to the Data Provider end-point to validate the representation relationship; which is the preferred option. This means that the Evidence Requester needs to collect identification information (e.g.: first name, last name, date of birth) that the Evidence Provider can match with their representation registry.  The Evidence Request should allow to specify different subjects for either a single or several different canonical evidence IDs and the Evidence Response should include several evidence definitions related to different subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does '''not''' mean that here are different users! Using the second, end-point centric, approach does not have any impact on authentication and record matching for the user. It adds a separate record matching challenge for dependent subjects (i.e. children). &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|If Data Providers are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users needs to re-authenticate on several different platforms and perform a preview in different platforms with potentially different look and feel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Sweden intends to test this hypothesis in the second iteration of the [[Moving Abroad Pilot]].]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The [[Studying Abroad Pilot]] intends to pilot this]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the eProcedure should provide the eProcedure Save and Resume service as defined in [[Procedure Management]].&lt;br /&gt;
|User needs to authenticate only once at the Data Provider. Data Provider offers Preview for all canonical evidences at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Require further, domain specific analysis of legal implications of aggregating evidences types under control by different legal domains. This might result that for some evidence types, separate Evidence Request and Evidence Response Messsages, including an additional Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The [[Studying Abroad Pilot]]  intends to pilot this]&lt;br /&gt;
|User previews all canonical evidences at the same time. The user can select only a subset of evidences for transfer to the Data Consumer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[The [[Studying Abroad Pilot]] intends to pilot this, i.e. Portugal is interested in piloting this. Prerequisite is finding students to participate.]&lt;br /&gt;
|The multiple-subject case (i.e. parent with children) requires a separate record matching for the representation register. We expect that this can be done appropriately, based on the matched record or the user (i.e. parent) and the combination of first name, last name and date of birth of the dependent (i.e. child).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Sweden will probably not Pilot this in the second iteration of the [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[Intermediation Pattern|Intermediation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable for DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable for DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable for DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|Not applicable for DE4A&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]]&lt;br /&gt;
|If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different [[Authority Agent|SSI Authority agents]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: For the VC pattern the multi-evidence case is not an issue as the user would load multiple evidences in his/her wallet and show the evidence(s) when needed.&lt;br /&gt;
|[Not planned to be used in [[Studying Abroad Pilot|Studying Abroad pilot]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[Not planned to be used in the pilot]&lt;br /&gt;
|[Not planned to be used in [[Studying Abroad Pilot|Studying Abroad pilot]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stateless DE4A Connector ==&lt;br /&gt;
Business Processes are either Stateless or Stateful, depending on the transactions contained in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stateless: a stateless process or application can be understood in isolation. There is no stored knowledge of or reference to past transactions. Each transaction is made as if from scratch for the first time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stateful applications and processes, however, are those that can be returned to again and again, i.e. keeps track of the state of interaction. Stateful processes are intended to support business scenarios that involve complex, long-running logic and therefore have specific reliability and recovery requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With respect to cross-border exchange of evidence in the context of the OOP Technical System there are complex cases where state needs to be maintained in between sessions. Examples include multiple DPs, multi-evidence, delay in digitising evidence, extensive input from the user required etc. It won't be feasible or is impracticable to perform this in one user session. Also see topic 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main purpose of the DE4A Connector however is to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- shield business parties from the complexity of using eDelivery and the information desk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- facilitating integration in MSs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- addressing the different roles DE/DR (DC) end DT/DO (DP) which might be performed by different entities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Irrespective of whether a business process is stateful or stateless, in our view the state should not be maintained in the connector. Instead, this is on the DC/DP for doing so if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Highly Distributed, Cross-border System ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7 Legal, technical, cultural and managerial risks and barriers] identified 'Administrative Complexity / Organisational silos' and 'Different OOP levels in other EU MS'  as two of the main barriers for cross-border once-only. This points to the formidable integration challenge posed by the level of complexity that needs to be managed for a European cross-border, cross-domain Once-Only system to function properly: Integrating across 27 highly heterogenous national eGovernment architectures, administrative systems and legal frameworks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not a typical Enterprise Application Integration (EAI) effort, it is orders of magnitude more complex, encompassing hundreds of organisations and thousands of applications in each of the 27 member states. As a consequence, best practices and architecture principles from EAI must be treated with caution, as they are not equally applicable for such highly distributed systems. Even simple things like maintaining case-specific single attribute correlation IDs can require changes in thousands of systems and interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DE4A architecture, we are constantly trying to balance &amp;quot;common EAI sense&amp;quot; with the subsidiarity principle and a 'minimal impact on MS systems'-approach in an attempt to follow up on two of the main findings of [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross-border digitisation should build upon national digitalisation efforts.&lt;br /&gt;
* that digitisation initiatives should have a positive return on investment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 27 national architectures in the mix, every assumption about their functioning, structure, ease of integration, used technology etc. is essentially wrong by definition, because at least one MS will be different. This is even true for the implementation of European building blocks - no, not all eIDAS-nodes are the same, they are mildly similar at best. Minimal assumptions about the national systems and an attempt to couple them as loosely as possible goes beyond defining clear interfaces, because these very interface requirements can have significant implications on national level: A mandatory cross-border correlation ID for example might already have significant impact that is disproportional to using concatenate keys to correlate request and response. The assumption that a platform can provide a static URL that is stable over time or that can accept a specific parameter might not hold for all eProcedure portals, as does the assumption that a portal can provide a case-specific URL; hence the solution should be able to deal with both.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Architecture_Log&amp;diff=3456</id>
		<title>Architecture Log</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Architecture_Log&amp;diff=3456"/>
		<updated>2021-09-23T09:27:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;DE4A Architecture Log&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''#'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Principle/Application  collaboration'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implication/Exception'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Discription&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Use  case/pattern'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|1&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  reauthentication&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle assumes automated data exchange on the basis of automatic match of  the used person eID with the unique identifiers used in the authentic  sources. Automatic identity matching is not always possible and may require  re-authentication of the users at DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|2&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  minimisation&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  selection of the appropriate pieces of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|Multiple  pieces of evidence of the same type can exist at a DP, for example when a  student has two diplomas in different fields and only one of them is suitable  to be submitted to the DC as part of the application.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|3&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  minimisation&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  additional data in evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|Lack  of common evidence schemes across EU means that more data than necessary  might be included in evidence, e.g. certificate of completion of secondary  education.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|4&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority &lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  multiple authorities&lt;br /&gt;
|The  evidence can be stored at several places, for example universities issue  diplomas to students, however the competent authorities for this type of  evidence can also be national or regional registries of diplomas operated by  Ministries or other relevant bodies.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|5&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority &lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  single request&lt;br /&gt;
|Member  States can establish brokers that connect to different competent authorities,  for examples those issuing academic (record of academic results) and  non-academic (household status) evidence.   In such cases, there can be only one request and transfer required for  several pieces of evidence owned by different competent authorities.&lt;br /&gt;
|SA1,  SA2, SA3&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|6&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  sending an image for previewing&lt;br /&gt;
|The DBA pilot focusses on exchange of  structured and machine processable data. In some cases, for previewing  purposes, the DC will present the user with the official document on screen  as well. This is an image of the document the user is familiar with in  current practise (like unstructured data in a PDF).&lt;br /&gt;
As an implication of this architectural principle, the image should be  integrated in the exchange of structured data. In other words, DBA expects  the image to be one of the data elements in the evidence definition. The data  provider should guarantee that the data incorporated in the image is  identical to the structured data sent. Furthermore, the technical system  should allow for swift transport of such images to prevent unacceptable  waiting times for the user. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|7&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  data is not concerning the user&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle assumes the data exchanged is on the user itself and the user has  authenticated with his/her eID. In the DBA pilots there are two  deviations:&lt;br /&gt;
1.    The data exchanged is on the company and not on the  user (the representative).&lt;br /&gt;
2.    Not in all cases the user will be authenticated, e.g.  when updating company data after receiving a notification from the data  provider. &lt;br /&gt;
No matching of the natural person eID with the unique identifier from the  authentic source is foreseen. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|8&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Only  exchange of structured and authentic evidence that can be automatically and  reliably be linked to the right person&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  company identification via eIDAS&lt;br /&gt;
|It  is of course crucial that information from the correct company will be  provided. The member state identifying the company should provide a company  identifier that the business register uses to identify the company as well.  Translated to eIDAS: the eIDAS LegalPersonIdentifier should be the company  identifier in the business register of the data providing member state. This  way, the data consumer can send the eIDAS LegalPersonIdentifier to the data  provider 1-on-1. &lt;br /&gt;
The DBA pilot assumes no ‘company identity matching’. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|9&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Digital  by default&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  paper-based procedures are not accepted&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states ‘this does not mean that the user should be obliged to use  the online administrative procedure’. This is obviously true for services to  citizens, but not to companies. &lt;br /&gt;
Some Member States, like NL, require companies to use digital services.  Digital is not only default, but mandatory as well. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|10&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:One-Only  Principle&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  re-design of customer journey&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that multiple administrative procedures must be re-analysed  in the context of the complete customer journey. Fortunately, this approach  has been widely adopted by many Member States already for services to  companies. Company portals (business portals / PSC) offer services to  companies to be fulfilled by several service providers. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|11&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Authentic  sources under the sole control and responsibility of the competent evidence  providing authority&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  some authentic data will be copied&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that data from authentic sources should preferably not be  copied by the data consumer. In the doing business abroad cases, it is – for  the foreseeable future – inevitable that basic company information will be  copied. This information is needed for multiple services and service  providers, at the time of use as well as later in the process. These DV  processes cannot rely on external sources of company data fully. Fortunately,  basic company information does not change often.&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the company as updated as possible, the doing business abroad  architecture defined two mechanisms for updating data:&lt;br /&gt;
To keep the company as updated as possible, the doing business abroad  architecture defined two mechanisms for updating data:&lt;br /&gt;
1.       Each time the user authenticates to  the company portal, the company portal will retrieve up-to-date company data  to check whether company attributes have been changed.&lt;br /&gt;
2.       When supported by the data provider:  a notification mechanism from the data provider to the data consumer will be  sent in case of a change in company data (subscription &amp;amp; notification  pattern).&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|12&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Mobile  first&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  desktop first implementation&lt;br /&gt;
|Most  of the administrative tasks performed by companies doing business abroad are  performed using desktop pc’s. That will not change soon. The DBA pilot will  learn from mobile design and implement mobile design elements whenever  useful, e.g. implement a responsive design. But, in case  mobile-first-elements may weaken the desktop-experience, the latter  prevails. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|13&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  control by the user&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  when updating company data, the user should not be in control&lt;br /&gt;
|The  subscription &amp;amp; notification pattern doesn’t involve users. In a sense,  when notifying and updating in this pattern the user is not controlling the  data at that point in time. Furthermore, sending data from the data provider  to the data consumer is not necessarily in the interest of the user/company,  e.g. when the company portal needs to be updated in order to prevent fraud,  end financial support, impose additional taxes, etc. Additional legal  analysis is required to examine the conditions under which use of the OOP  technical system is allowed for updates.&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|14&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Reuse  before build&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  BRIS will not be used&lt;br /&gt;
|There  is a difficulty in reusing existing components built under different  directives/regulations. Existing components must be extended/changed and  retested. This is not always cheaper and might lead to unwanted compromises  and complexity. Furthermore, this is not always legally possible. &lt;br /&gt;
BRIS has been developed for inter-business register communication only and  has been – legally – limited to certain pre-defined data-elements.  Furthermore, the commission is assessing new concepts to replace the BRIS  network that exists today. &lt;br /&gt;
The DBA pilot will not use the BRIS network but will use the BRIS semantics  as much as possible. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|15&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Data  control by the user&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  requested evidences might contain user data for other natural persons than  the requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states the user has a maximum degree of control over his personal  data. In case of self-employed / sole traders / single person entities,  company data will be personal as well. The company address may be the home  address of the person running the company for example.&lt;br /&gt;
The user will not be in control of this personal data in all cases. The  importance of data exchange for safe economic operation might prevail over  personal privacy (e.g. to prevent fraud). In any case, data exchange on any  company must always comply with the GDPR requirements.  &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA1,  DBA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|16&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Digital  by default&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  Paper-based procedures are sometimes necessary&lt;br /&gt;
|In  some member states, evidences are no readily available via online services.  The reasons may be national law or lagging digitalization. Evidences must in  some cases be digitized from paper-based sources before they can be made  available in online services.&lt;br /&gt;
|MA1,  MA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|17&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Once-Only  Principle&lt;br /&gt;
|Implication:  re-design of customer journey&lt;br /&gt;
|This  principle states that multiple administrative procedures must be re-analysed  in the context of the complete customer journey. There are ongoing activities  in many member states to take a more user-centric approach when designing  services. However, much work remains to be done.&lt;br /&gt;
|MA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|18&lt;br /&gt;
|Principle:Mobile  first&lt;br /&gt;
|Deviation:  no mobile first implementation&lt;br /&gt;
|Designing  for mobile first may not be the best solution for users where there is a lot  of information to enter or preview. &lt;br /&gt;
|MA1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|19&lt;br /&gt;
|Information  Desk&lt;br /&gt;
|The  re-direct URL is now included in the information desk &lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|20&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|DBA does is not piloting the Evidence Overview&lt;br /&gt;
|The DBA use case only deals with a single evidence  - the company reghistration - and no large delays beyond several seconds is (short round trip), making a status overview less important for the overal user experience, i.e. an information that the evidence retrieval and rendering of a preview might take a coupld of seconds would suffice.  In addition, the [[Intermediation Pattern]], hence the preview is at the DC and the user exclusively interacts with the DC. Consequently, the Evidence Overview is purely informative (no user actions) and does not serve a &amp;quot;return to&amp;quot;-point as is the case in the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]] pattern. &lt;br /&gt;
|DBA 1&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|21&lt;br /&gt;
|[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;br /&gt;
|SA and MA do not pilot the Evidence Overview&lt;br /&gt;
|SA knows multiple evidence types and multiple evidence but not multiple data providers. It is coincidence that both ES and SI can provide all evidences from one provider (i.e. ES the Data Intermediation Platform). This means the second iteration will pilot multiple evidences, but will remain a single request - single response case. The same appears to apply equally to MA &lt;br /&gt;
|SA1, SA2, MA1, MA2&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3451</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3451"/>
		<updated>2021-09-17T12:32:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Event Subscription */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.  A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3450</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3450"/>
		<updated>2021-09-17T12:28:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */ removed subscription ID&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.  A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3448</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3448"/>
		<updated>2021-09-17T07:39:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.  A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3446</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3446"/>
		<updated>2021-09-14T11:57:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3445</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3445"/>
		<updated>2021-09-14T11:53:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription start and end date/time&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3444</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=3444"/>
		<updated>2021-09-14T11:50:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber (data evaluator) identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Interdisciplinary_Questions&amp;diff=3443</id>
		<title>Interdisciplinary Questions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Interdisciplinary_Questions&amp;diff=3443"/>
		<updated>2021-09-09T08:17:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Multi-evidence Cases */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;float:right&amp;quot;&amp;gt;__TOC__&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The PSA collected 25 interdisciplinary questions as basis to provide guidance to the pilots. For each of the [[Reference Interaction Patterns]], working hypotheses were formulated for the interdisciplinary questions relevant for that specific pattern. This helped to contrast the pattern and make the implications clear for policy stakeholders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Orchestration / Choreography ==&lt;br /&gt;
The automated cross-border exchange of evidence requires many actors and systems to collaborate in an orderly manner, as also identified as barrier in D1.7:  T3: The managing and governance of the choreography of distributed components managed by different agents and during a single user session. The sheer number of possible combinations in different procedures means that most combinations cannot be tested prior to first operational use. The more so, a solid concept of coordinating the actions and services required for the OOP exchange of evidence is required, irrespective of it being central orchestration or decentral choreography.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This need is further aggravated in Interrupted scenarios, which might include extended pauses or waiting periods in the overall process (i.e. issuing the evidence needs several days). Restricting the system to only uninterrupted exchange simplifies the challenge somewhat, but essentially, we still need to manage the interaction between User, DC, potentially several DP and several organisations in-between facilitating the exchange. In addition, we expect that a purely uninterrupted scenario might be too restrictive to cover the breadth of real-life scenarios.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Complementary, overlapping or conflicting evidence equivalents ==&lt;br /&gt;
We need to consider that the request for evidence in one country can lead to the identification of a multitude of available equivalents in other countries. This leads to the need for disambiguation: The equivalents can be ''complementary'', meaning that several pieces of evidence are needed jointly to be equivalent. They also could be ''overlapping'', meaning that several equivalents are available for a required evidence or criterion, yet all are valid; or they could be ''conflicting'', which would mean that at least one of them is not correct. The underlying reasons for such situations could be complex real-life cases (e.g. multiple nationalities or complex life journey through several Member States), or the result of poor data quality across unreconciled registries in different Member States. In any case, the once only technical system will need to be robust against such cases and cannot assume a single request to single evidence case to be the only viable standard situation. Please note that this topic is about disambiguation, as opposed to cases that rightfully and correctly have multiple evidences involved in a single eProcedure (see [https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php/Interdisciplinary_Questions#Multi-evidence_Cases Multi-evidence Cases] in this chapter below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange ==&lt;br /&gt;
In the SDG context lives a strong assumption that the complete evidence exchange will be handled in an uninterrupted way within the timelines of a single user session, as part of completing an e-procedure. From Member State experience, we see that there are good practical and technological reasons to also consider scenarios where the evidence exchange is interrupted and can be resumed later (in the SDG context, the term “deferred response” is used at the moment). One practical reason is, for example, that some requested evidence is not immediately available in a format that allows for its automated exchange but can be made available at a later moment. Several member states have a mechanism to digitize the requested evidence on demand. Including this possibility would increase the volume of evidence that can be made available through the system. Also, in the multi-evidence case, when two or more evidences needs to be collected, it may not be feasible for the user to complete the procedure in one take. This topic was also recognized ar organisational barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: O1: Data may be not ready for access in real-time without authorisation by a civil servant, and OP2: Data may not be ready for access in real-time without following procedures involving batch processing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, a hybrid case appears to make sense, where the resume functionality serves as fall-back to handle exceptions in an a-priori uninterrupted procedure. It must be considered, however, that supporting interrupted procedures (resume functionality) across a multitude of cross-border participants is a very complex challenge involving correlation across highly independent systems and persistence (and consequently clean-up) of process instances.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Explicit request and transitivity between actors ==&lt;br /&gt;
In the SDGR, the exchange of evidence is generally initiated on explicit request of the user (except where the relevant Union or national law allows for automated cross-border data exchange without an explicit user request). This request is issued to the DC. It remains unclear whether that explicit request needs to be provided as well to the DP, in order for them to check the request prior to actually extracting the evidence back, or the DP can simply trust a request from a DC to be based on an explicit request or applicable law. The Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) of the SDGR Art. 14 Implementing Regulation (version April 2021), for example, expressed that the Explicit Request does not need to be handed over to the DP. Later versions of the (yet to be adopted) Implementing Regulation, however, still explicitly include extensive information about the Explicit Request in the Evidence Request message from DC to the DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The political relevance of this topic become clear when looking at findings of [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7 Legal, technical, cultural and managerial risks and barriers]: more that 70% of the responding MS expressed that they are 'very cautious' when Sharing personal data with other countries and 67% reported that their national OOP approach requires  'Prior request from the user' before sharing data with other administrations within their country. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI ==&lt;br /&gt;
A lot of discussion already went into the topic of user preview and approval prior to completing the exchange of evidence. From a legal and data protection standpoint, we consider a preview prepared by the system of the DC as not optimal, because it would require the evidence to be already transferred prior to the preview. From a solution point of view, however, a preview provided by the DP would introduce several additional complexities, e.g. related to the handover of the user session from DC to potentially several DPs. We should consider the need for a user interface for the once-only technical system that is separate from the eProcedures form itself. Consensus on this point between Member States and the Commission is not yet final and the PSA includes reference interaction pattern for all three cases: preview at the DC, the DP or the U. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Identity and Record Matching ==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the problem of matching the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) to the national identification numbers required to extract the evidence. Basis for this matching are the eIDAS mandatory and in some cases the optional attributes. This issue arises both at the DC in starting the online procedure as well as the DP side for extracting the requested evidence (see [[#Transitivity of user identity]] below), as mentioned in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: S5: Identity/record matching when accessing online services cross-border and S6: Identity/record matching of user for data request and data access.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As this match is not 100% an exception flow is required. This still needs discussion as it either leads to the OOTS not being available for the user (a potential solution for the Minimum Viable Product (MVP)) or might require more complex user interaction, potentially even involving manual work by a civil servant or the provision of additional evidence. In this way this is also related to the topic of interrupted procedures above in [[#Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Transitivity of user identity ==&lt;br /&gt;
This problem arises in the Intermediation Pattern, because the user first authenticates himself vis-à-vis the DC. It is however the DP in another MS that needs to retrieve the evidence related to that user. This often requires a unique identifier, for example that in the population registry, to access natural person information. The identity of the user (e.g. coming from eIDAS) is unfortunately not transitive (i.e. eUniqueness IDs differ between Member States). This topic related directly to the barrier 'L8: Identity transitivity cross border' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As a result, the DP needs to re-establish the identity of the user, i.e. as described in [[#Identity and Record Matching]] above by matching eIDAS attributes to national records. This has again two implications: First, the match can be ambiguous (especially for common names where transliteration and similarity algorithms are needed following language rules specific to each Member State). Second the DC must be legally allowed to transfer the eIDAS attributes to the DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the business domain, this simpler to resolve as a European Unique Identifier (EUID) for companies exist since 2012. The EUid for Citizen, proposed for the current eIDAS revision should help to resolve this problem as well for natural persons in the Union.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Hand-over of UI between actors ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the eProcedure including the OOP transfer requires several systems, controlled by different actors in different MS, to interact with the user, then a UI reference would need to be handed on throughout the OOP evidence exchange. The likeliness for such a hand-on to break along a longer procedure is significant, which would giving again rise to the need of supporting interrupted procedure as described in [[#Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange]] above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Mandate and Proxy ==&lt;br /&gt;
The power of representation, either a natural person representing a legal person (i.e. mandate) or a natural person representing a natural person (i.e. proxy) or even a legal person representing a natural person is a complicating factor in the identification and OOP exchange of evidence that we cannot ignore. It is also identified as one of the most critical barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: S8: Non-harmonised (or mapped) user rights, including powers and mandates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Whereas a first implementation for citizen procedures might still put this out of scope, it is surely required in the mid-term solution (time horizon t=3 [&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;6&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;]), e.g. because of the aging population of the Union. For business-related procedures, this issue must be tackled from the start, as it is always a natural person representing a legal person. The long-term solution should also consider chaining together ‘representation’-relationships or ‘intermediaries’ (e.g.: an accountant representing an accounting firm that represents a trading company that represents a manufacturer).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Successful piloting might require an eIDAS extension for powers attributes (i.e. SEMPER). Some partners may be hesitant to deviate from using their eIDAS reference software in production.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Encryption Gap ==&lt;br /&gt;
The existence of a national OOP system in many MS means that the roles of Data Requestor (DR) and Data Transferor (DT) will be taken over by central MS organisations that are separate entities or authorities from the Data Owners (DO) and Data Evaluators (DE). This is fully in line with the 4-corner model. This means that it is likely that the gateway between the national OOP system and the European cross-border OOTS will need to decrypt and then re-encrypt the evidence using the national and the European standards, respectively. Consequently, the evidence is available at some point in unencrypted form while being processed by the gateway. Real E2E encryption, which would result in nesting encryptions, could theoretically solve this problem on the technological level. It creates, however, two new challenges: one related to managing certificates across many thousands of competent authorities and the second related to the user preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Structured data vs. unstructured data ==&lt;br /&gt;
In how far only structured or also unstructured data is to be supported by OOTS. The SDGR is explicitly not making a choice in this regard, however the solutions discussions are often assuming a structured data exchange. The consensus is not yet final, and we expect this to be one of the topics that remain unclear at least until the completion of the implementing act mid-2021.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If we refer to structured data, we mean electronic data that is adhering to some defined and known, domnestic schemas or data models. It is important to note that this means that ‘structured data’ is not equivalent to data in data bases. Also, a structured data document adhering to a known schema is perfectly structured data. A document with “some text” or a randomly named image file (of a scanned document) is considered unstructured. Additionally, evidences from different domains might use different data models and schemas, it is important that the data models are defined and known.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This discussion is often confused with the assumption of automated re-use of data after transfer (cf. [[#Automated re-use of data]] below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Automated re-use of data ==&lt;br /&gt;
Related to the structured data discussion (see [[#Structured data vs. unstructured data]] above), is the widely held, implicit assumption that data can be automatically reused after exchange in the systems of the DC. Structured data is only one of the prerequisites for automated data re-use. Fully enabling such an automated reuse required not only: 1) Structured data but also 2) established semantic equivalence across MS and 3) compatible data formats and attribute domains that lend themselves to automated transformation and re-use. Without going into the details of different transformation requirements (e.g. reversible vs. irreversible), it becomes apparent that enabling automated reuse of data is a major challenge across different MS, which is also apparent in the barriers identified in D1.7: S2: Evidence Format and cross-MS Compatibility of Formats and S3: Missing Semantic mapping of data elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The way semantic equivalence and data format compatibility can be achieved is a closely related discussion. In simple terms, the two standpoints are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a) Harmonization of data definitions (semantic standardisation and standardisation of the syntaxes, i.e. data formats, used) through negotiated agreement either by the legislator (e.g. Directive 2016/1191) or by voluntary consensus (i.e. e-Health domain) b) Use of semantic technologies to map different ontologies onto each other, potentially involving machine learning (e.g. used by e-commerce platforms and data aggregators)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Production system and real-life cases ==&lt;br /&gt;
The optimal outcome of the DE4A pilots are systems that add real business value to the citizen and enterprises of the participating Member States. There are, however, significant impediments or hard-to-overcome challenges that could make full production go-live impractical or even impossible. Examples are extensions of the eIDAS nodes to support mandates and proxies (see [[#Mandate and Proxy]]) or the use of non-notified eIDs. These adapted systems would need to run in “acceptance environments” but could still interface with production systems (i.e. identity service providers) and pilots could still be based on real-life cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Another example is the availability of a legal basis for issuing evidence to competent authorities in another MS (cf. [[#Explicit request and transitivity between actors]]). Piloting, using real-life cases, can be seen as a required part of developing the OOTS prior to 12.12.2023. Consequently, it is considered to be covered by SDGR Article 14(11). While this interpretation would support piloting, it implies that the pilot solutions can transfer to full production use only after SDG Article 14(1) to (8) and (10) entered into force 12 December 2023. Approaches like signing a Memorandums of Understanding between piloting Member States (authorities) can alleviate this limitation and substantiate a consensus on the interpretation of Article 14 (11).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== EESSI integration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Electronic Exchange of Social Security Information (EESSI) is a domain specific, sectoral network that has some overlap with the third use cases in the DE4A Moving Abroad (MA) pilot, i.e. - Request Pension Information &amp;amp; Claim Pension, - both in regard to relevant authorities and to exchanged information. The MA pilot needs to assess whether some EESSI capabilities can be reused. This reuse can take different forms, reaching from a full adoption of EESSI for the use case, via a bridge solution that that would use EESSI as a DP on European level, to the adoption of harmonised data models and definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== BRIS integration ==&lt;br /&gt;
Business Register Interconnection System (BRIS) is a domain specific, sectoral network that has some overlap with the use cases in the DE4A Doing Business Abroad (DBA) pilot, both in relevant authorities (i.e. business registers) and in exchanged information. Even if BRIS can only be used by (a subset of) business registries themselves, it already provides today an operational exchange of company information across Europe. A reuse of (an extended) BRIS is understandably in the interest of the participating business registers, however, the possibility of DE4A to create legal and technical changes on the existing BRIS system is very limited. Analysis of the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot|DBA]] pilot shows that the potential of reuse of BRIS is limited for the pilot, i.e. will remain at the level of the reuse of data definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== eIDAS and national authentication systems ==&lt;br /&gt;
The question of user authentication in OOP centres around the use of eIDAS, after all this is what eIDAS is there for, to provide cross-border authentication. To focus exclusively on eIDAS might be too restrictive as it would exclude an important user group, namely users that have an eID of the DC country, encompassing own nationals and immigrants. In addition, the current state is that most eProcedures are designed for use by in both national and a cross-border settings and we can safely assume that this will remain the case. This means that the eProcedure offers authentication via the national eID scheme or eIDAS as two alternatives.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having both eIDAS and the national eID supported can in some cases resolve the issue if a MS has no eIDAS node operational, although this strictly limits the pilot population to users that have (already) an eID of the DC country. At the moment, Romania has no eIDAS node operational; Denmark, Netherlands and Slovenia support only eIDAS IN.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Non-notified eIDs ==&lt;br /&gt;
Until now the pilots can only move to production with Member States that notified their eID. Not all partners have notified so far. This might limit the possibility to pilot on production environments with all partners. An upcoming eIDAS node release, supporting the usage of non-notified eID’s might solve this issue to a certain extent. Further research is needed though. Austria, Slovenia and Romania have not notified yet their identification scheme.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment for evidence ==&lt;br /&gt;
As defined as one of the organisational barriers in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7] Some competent authorities charge fees for retrieving or issuing evidence. Pricing models usually cater for national data consumers, not for cross-border users. There could be a legal or financial arrangement for the piloting phase (and preferably beyond). It is important to understand that the payments can also be required between DC and DP and not only between U and DP. This is in line with the barrier 'Access to data may be subject to charges' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Trust Management ==&lt;br /&gt;
A consistent framework is needed that provide trust services across the complete OOTS. Having several PKI in parallel and different nested encryptions will make the overall system unmanageable. In simple terms: we need to make sure that the OOTS is not drowning in key and certificate management complexities. T2.2 set out to develop this trust architecture, initially based on mature technologies and then extending it to include the capabilities of modern block chain technologies.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Irrespective of the technical representation of trust relationships, there might also be an organisational interoperability barrier related to trust. On the one hand, the question whether a DP in one country trusts the DC in another country to handle the exchanged evidence in a trustworthy way. On the other hand, a DC in one country trusting a DP in another country to provide evidence that is correct, up-to-date, and truthful. This issue is beyond the scope of the DE4A pilots, however, discussions around authorization (which DC is allowed to request what type of evidence) or the discussion whether the DP can rely on an explicit user request issued to the DC or must evaluate such request independently of the DC (see also [[#Explicit request and transitivity between actors]]) are all influenced by the barrier of 'Lack of trust (cultural) cross member states' identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal basis for SSI and block chain technology ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are several legal concerns related to Self-Sovereign Identity and Block-chain technology, such as the storage of personal data in  distributed ledgers or the validity of a decentral identifier. This led Spain to all but ban blockchain from application in eGovernment. By RDL 14/2019 it is forbidden use a blockchain infrastructure to offer any identification or signature process (until a European or national law regulates the use of these technologies). Ongoing research, discussions, and progress in context of EBSI and ESSIF are clearly relevant for DE4A. It cannot be ascertained yet whether piloting use cases applying block chain technology can go live in production or would remain exploratory, running in acceptance environments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Explicit scope of Article14 ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Blueprint of CEF Preparatory Action on OOP adopted a strict interpretation of Article 14: “this exchange pattern is the pattern specified in Article 14. This will therefore become the default evidence exchange pattern of the OOP technical system”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This should not restrict DE4A to explore other interaction patterns for several reasons: First, initial discussions show that a translation of the legal text into requirements and further into an optimal solution provides more degrees of freedom than implied by the current blueprint version. Second, the blueprint is focussed on meeting the 12.12.2023 deadline, with is not the end, but the start of the Once-Only Technical system. Third, the scope of DE4A is wider than the scope of the SDG implementation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Matching Evidences between Member States ==&lt;br /&gt;
Evidences that cater for the same or similar life events or public procedures are very heterogenous across MS, as was confirmed by the Deloitte Study on Data Mapping for the cross-border application of the Once-Only technical system SDG [11] and corresponds to the barriers for Once Only, identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]: Data incompatibility, and Semantic incompatibility of information systems and datasets. This means that in many cases the evidence type required for a procedure in the DC country is meaningless for an evidence issuing authority in the DP country and vice versa. This extends well beyond the question of different languages into the definition of the evidence type itself, the structure and the semantics of its contents. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a considerable difference between domains where harmonised evidence types and corresponding schemas and definitions exist and domains without such prior harmonisation, which pose a much larger challenge. The approach for matching required evidences (DC side) and available evidences (DP side) could consequently also differ between harmonised and non-harmonised sectors. DE4A is designing different data models, services and components in the context of the Semantic Framework of WP3.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A good example of the complexities involved are university degrees. Even if the Bologna Process harmonized the three cycles of higher education in the EU, the equivalence of studies and subjects is not established. Trying to offer equivalence between subjects in different degrees in different universities and different countries may be a titanic effort as it extends from the schema (a degree relates to a specific subject of study) to the definition (is it just the study, or is it more specialized, like a set of five subjects in a degree allows a specific mention in a Master’s degree) to the attribute domain (which would be the official list/catalogue of studies and subjects in the EU). Relevant on-going efforts (e.g. EAR project, ENIC-NARIC Network) will be considered in the [[Studying Abroad Pilot]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Multi-evidence Cases ==&lt;br /&gt;
A Multi-evidence Case is an interaction between Data Consumer and Data Provider, where the Data Consumer needs to request several pieces of evidence for a single eProcedure from one or more Data Providers. Multi-evidence Cases implies a more complicated scenario for the involved actors and may require multiple requests, previews, responses as well as aggregating evidences. The implications of Multi-evidence Case depends on the interaction pattern used in the procedure, e.g. intermediation, user-supported intermediation or verifiable credentials. The Table below shows four distinct reasons for the Multi-evidence Case to arise.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+&lt;br /&gt;
Reasons for Multi-evidence Cases&lt;br /&gt;
!&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Data Providers&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Evidence Types&lt;br /&gt;
!Multiple Evidences of the same type &lt;br /&gt;
!Evidences for multiple subjects&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Description&lt;br /&gt;
|Multiple Data Providers, either one or several evidence types for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidences of different types for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidence of same type for the same subject (one user = single subject)&lt;br /&gt;
|Single Data Provider, multiple evidence of same type for different subjects (one user, multiple subjects)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Example&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: For change of address, several evidence types are required, such as evidence of birth, place of residence, pension claims and income, which are for most MS issued by diferent Data Providers.&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: In some MS (i.e. ES, SI), a national data portal consolidates evidences from different Data Owners and doing so acts as a single Data Provider for several evidence types.&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Studying Abroad Pilot]]: A student who has multiple diplomas that can be sourced from the same Data Provider. (This can be either the same University or a national diploma repository, holding diplomas from different education service providers).&lt;br /&gt;
|Example from [[Moving Abroad Pilot]]: A family is moving abroad. In that case a parent might run a single eProcedure instance requiring evidence (e.g. place of residence) from all their family members (e.g.: partner, kids, dependent).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|General approach&lt;br /&gt;
|Several Evidence Requests, resulting in several Evidence Responses, all holding essentially one single evidence. &lt;br /&gt;
|The Evidence Request and Evidence Response should include multiple canonical evidence IDs and evidence definitions respectively. The request and response would consequently hold an array of evidences. The number of evidence types in the Evidence Request can differ from the number of evidence types that are actually in the response.&lt;br /&gt;
[Note: change request to WP3 IEM]&lt;br /&gt;
|The Evidence Response should include multiple evidence definitions. This means that there is a 1:n relation between requested canonical evidence IDs and issued evidences. &lt;br /&gt;
|Two options:&lt;br /&gt;
(1) Multiple eIDAS authentications, including the representation relationship (one authentication per subject), would need to be used, given the limitation of eIDAS, even if extended with concepts from SEMPER.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) Leave it to the Data Provider end-point to validate the representation relationship; which is the preferred option. This means that the Evidence Requester needs to collect identification information (e.g.: first name, last name, date of birth) that the Evidence Provider can match with their representation registry.  The Evidence Request should allow to specify different subjects for either a single or several different canonical evidence IDs and the Evidence Response should include several evidence definitions related to different subjects. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does '''not''' mean that here are different users! Using the second, end-point centric, approach does not have any impact on authentication and record matching for the user. It adds a separate record matching challenge for dependent subjects (i.e. children). &lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern|USI]]&lt;br /&gt;
|If Data Providers are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users needs to re-authenticate on several different platforms and perform a preview in different platforms with potentially different look and feel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Sweden intends to test this hypothesis in the second iteration of the [[Moving Abroad Pilot]].]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the eProcedure should provide the eProcedure Save and Resume service as defined in [[Procedure Management]].&lt;br /&gt;
|User needs to authenticate only once at the Data Provider. Data Provider offers Preview for all canonical evidences at the same time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Require further, domain specific analysis of legal implications of aggregating evidences types under control by different legal domains. This might result that for some evidence types, separate Evidence Request and Evidence Response Messsages, including an additional Authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|User previews all canonical evidences at the same time. The user can select only a subset of evidences for transfer to the Data Consumer.&lt;br /&gt;
|The multiple-subject case (i.e. parent with children) requires a separate record matching for the representation register. We expect that this can be done appropriately, based on the matched record or the user (i.e. parent) and the combination of first name, last name and date of birth of the dependent (i.e. child).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Sweden intends to test this hypothesis in the second iteration of the [[Movin Abroad pilot|Moving Abroad pilot]]]''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[Intermediation Pattern|Intermediation]]&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Working Hypothesis for [[Verifiable Credentials Pattern|VC]]&lt;br /&gt;
|If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different [[Authority Agent|SSI Authority agents]].&lt;br /&gt;
|[Not planned to be used in [[Studying Abroad Pilot|Studying Abroad pilot]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|[tbd. if this case will be covered by the pilots]&lt;br /&gt;
|[Not planned to be used in [[Studying Abroad Pilot|Studying Abroad pilot]]]&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Stateless DE4A Connector ==&lt;br /&gt;
Business Processes are either Stateless or Stateful, depending on the transactions contained in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stateless: a stateless process or application can be understood in isolation. There is no stored knowledge of or reference to past transactions. Each transaction is made as if from scratch for the first time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Stateful applications and processes, however, are those that can be returned to again and again, i.e. keeps track of the state of interaction. Stateful processes are intended to support business scenarios that involve complex, long-running logic and therefore have specific reliability and recovery requirements.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With respect to cross-border exchange of evidence in the context of the OOP Technical System there are complex cases where state needs to be maintained in between sessions. Examples include multiple DPs, multi-evidence, delay in digitising evidence, extensive input from the user required etc. It won't be feasible or is impracticable to perform this in one user session. Also see topic 3. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The main purpose of the DE4A Connector however is to:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- shield business parties from the complexity of using eDelivery and the information desk&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- facilitating integration in MSs&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- addressing the different roles DE/DR (DC) end DT/DO (DP) which might be performed by different entities. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Irrespective of whether a business process is stateful or stateless, in our view the state should not be maintained in the connector. Instead, this is on the DC/DP for doing so if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Highly Distributed, Cross-border System ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7 Legal, technical, cultural and managerial risks and barriers] identified 'Administrative Complexity / Organisational silos' and 'Different OOP levels in other EU MS'  as two of the main barriers for cross-border once-only. This points to the formidable integration challenge posed by the level of complexity that needs to be managed for a European cross-border, cross-domain Once-Only system to function properly: Integrating across 27 highly heterogenous national eGovernment architectures, administrative systems and legal frameworks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is not a typical Enterprise Application Integration (EAI) effort, it is orders of magnitude more complex, encompassing hundreds of organisations and thousands of applications in each of the 27 member states. As a consequence, best practices and architecture principles from EAI must be treated with caution, as they are not equally applicable for such highly distributed systems. Even simple things like maintaining case-specific single attribute correlation IDs can require changes in thousands of systems and interfaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DE4A architecture, we are constantly trying to balance &amp;quot;common EAI sense&amp;quot; with the subsidiarity principle and a 'minimal impact on MS systems'-approach in an attempt to follow up on two of the main findings of [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/f739c2_c67cf3f7cdf943a48cf8c14c8b1bf36f.pdf D1.7]:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* cross-border digitisation should build upon national digitalisation efforts.&lt;br /&gt;
* that digitisation initiatives should have a positive return on investment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
With 27 national architectures in the mix, every assumption about their functioning, structure, ease of integration, used technology etc. is essentially wrong by definition, because at least one MS will be different. This is even true for the implementation of European building blocks - no, not all eIDAS-nodes are the same, they are mildly similar at best. Minimal assumptions about the national systems and an attempt to couple them as loosely as possible goes beyond defining clear interfaces, because these very interface requirements can have significant implications on national level: A mandatory cross-border correlation ID for example might already have significant impact that is disproportional to using concatenate keys to correlate request and response. The assumption that a platform can provide a static URL that is stable over time or that can accept a specific parameter might not hold for all eProcedure portals, as does the assumption that a portal can provide a case-specific URL; hence the solution should be able to deal with both.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2908</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2908"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:56:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exist, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2907</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2907"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:53:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Activity Table */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and checked on DE authorisation. If the request is valid, it is forwarded to the Data Owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2906</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2906"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:44:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business Process Collaboration */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and check on DE authorisation. If the request validates it is forwarded to the Data Owner. [Technical exceptions are out of scope.]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2905</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2905"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:16:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Alternative Solution Approaches */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach and is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the sub subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and check on DE authorisation. If the request validates it is forwarded to the Data Owner. [Technical exceptions are out of scope.]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2904</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2904"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:16:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Alternative Solution Approaches */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that relate event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the sub subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and check on DE authorisation. If the request validates it is forwarded to the Data Owner. [Technical exceptions are out of scope.]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2903</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2903"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:15:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Alternative Solution Approaches */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; events to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that related event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the sub subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and check on DE authorisation. If the request validates it is forwarded to the Data Owner. [Technical exceptions are out of scope.]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2901</id>
		<title>Subscription and Notification Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Subscription_and_Notification_Pattern&amp;diff=2901"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T08:13:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Alternative Solution Approaches */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The pattern is used by the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] in [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)|Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2).]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After receiving evidence from a Data Owner (DO), it can be essential for a Data Evaluator (DE) to be informed on changes regarding the subject of this evidence to be able to take appropriate action. The goal of this interaction pattern is to allow the DE to subscribe to a service of the DO that provides automatic and regular notifications. The cross-border message exchange for the subscriptions and notifications are put in the responsibility of the Data Requester (DR) and the Data Transferor (DT) respectively to allow an easier distribution of responsibility on national level, i.e. to intermediary platforms and national gateway providers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Functional Variants of the Subscription and Notification Pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
There are two distinct purposes, or business requirements for Subscription and Notification, both of which are relevant for the DE4A [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]]: Evidence update notification and Event notification.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Evidence Update Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to keep previously shared evidence data that is stored at the DE up to date. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Data may change in the base register. In case the DE wants an exact copy of the evidence data on record, they need to be notified in case the data has changed in the base registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business or Life Event Notification ====&lt;br /&gt;
The goal is to assess the impact of changes to the subject (e.g. company) on the public services provided by the data evaluator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Description: Some public services oblige the subject (i.e. company or citizen) to continue in a specific situation or state to remain entitled to the benefits of the public service provided. An agricultural company may, for example, receive a subsidy for its permanent pasture. As a prerequisite, the company must preserve the pasture for five consecutive years. The data evaluator needs to be notified of the company ending its operations and hence not meeting the five-year requirement. “Ending its operation” is an example of a business event. Other examples are: going bankrupt, a merger, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Alternative Solution Approaches ====&lt;br /&gt;
Essentially there are two ways to approach the dual requirements for Subscription and Notification, either specific solutions for each requirement or hybrid approaches that can serve both.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking at specific solutions means that two specialized systems would need to be developed and implemented:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Specific Evidence Update Solution: The subscription would be linked directly to the previously exchanged evidence, hence the subscription would need to register the evidence type, the subject ID and the subscriber ID. For any data change in the evidence type data set at the DO, the DP would need to push a complete new evidence to the DC, irrespective of that specific change being relevant for the public service provided to the user by the DC. Apart from this being not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective, it can not cover changes of the subject that are not represented in the evidence type data set, giving rise to the need of a second subscription system for events. In addition, the subscription system would be impacted by changes in the canonical evidence type definitions over time. This approach might, however, be easier to integrate in the legal framework of the SDGR (see Legal Considerations below).&lt;br /&gt;
# Pure Event Notification: The subscription is not directly related to a previously exchanged evidence, but the subscription could be registered for an agreed set of events relating to a given subject. The subscription system would consequently be based on a list of events, rather than a list of evidence types. Quite obviously, this requires an agreement on a set of DE4A events, or canonical cross-border events.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Technical approach and business requirements do not relate one to one, giving rise to several hybrid approaches, where one solution is used to cater for both requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Evidence Type: The Specific Evidence Update can be used to derive relevant Events at the DC, if the evidence type definition is scoped, or extended, so that all relevant events are represented by data changes in the evidence type data set. This would require the DC to run an event identification routine (either immediately or periodically) after receiving updates in order to react accordingly. The extension of evidence type definitions beyond what is actually required by the eProcedure is, again, not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. This hybrid solution can not resolve events that are dealt with by procedural means at the DP-side, rather than by data mutations.&lt;br /&gt;
# Extended Notification Message: The pure Event Notification could be extended to carry an updated evidence as part of the Notification message, essentially piggybacking the evidence onto an event notification. This approach would need to extend the event-centric subscription system to maintain with underlying evidence type, or potentially multiple evidence types, are relevant for each event type, so that evidence can be retrieved and packed as extension of the Notification Message. Which evidence is required for which event can additionally differ by public service provided and hence per subscriber. This solution would consequently end up to be rather complex and again not optimal from a data minimization principle perspective. [A BPMN Process Analysis of this approach is available on request]&lt;br /&gt;
# Event Notification + Lookup: The pure Event Notification is used as described above, while it is made sure that the agreed event set of canonical DE4A events is complete in the sense that in covers also relevant update needs, for example a company that moved HQ means that the address (part of the Company Registration evidence) changed as an effect. It is then left at the discretion of the DC, whether a particular event requires an update of the evidence on record. It could be that, i.e. the postal address of a company is not relevant for the continuation of the public service provisioning, in which case a flag that the address on record is not up to date, or a change to &amp;quot;unknown&amp;quot; would be sufficient as event response. This is fully in line with the data minimization principle perspective. If the DC considers that an update of one evidence or potentially several evidences is required as part of the event response, then the DC would use the [[Lookup Pattern]] to request new copies of evidences if and when required.  The effort needed to make this approach work for evidence updates mostly concerns the Notification process: The DP might need to add &amp;quot;weak&amp;quot; event to their platform to cover changes that are not considered relevant enough to be in their event list yet, e.g. change of e-mail address. The DC will need to define or extend a decision table that related event type to public service and returned the correct action to be taken, i.e. request a new evidence via the [[Lookup Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
The reference Architecture for the DE4A projects focusses on the third option, the combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] to cover both business requirements with one hybrid solution, rather then setting up two specific solutions next to each other. The combination of Event Notification and [[Lookup Pattern]] appears to be the most flexible approach is expected to have the following advantages:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Data minimization: Evidences are only requested if they are actually needed for the public service provided by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
* Low complexity of message definitions: The required message definitions for the notifications and updates between DP and DC remains low in complexity: A simple event notification (consisting of event type, identifiers and timestamp) and evidence response analogous to the event response message of the [[Intermediation Pattern]] and [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]].&lt;br /&gt;
* Multiplicity: Case that single events require multiple evidences to be updated, or several events require the update of the same evidence can be covered quiet easily without requiring complex message definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
* Flexibility in legal basis and authorizations: As the Event Notification does only contain identifiers and not the underlying (personal) data (which requires the eIDAS revision to create a European Unique Identifier for natural persons), the legal basis and corresponding authorizations might differ between Notification and Lookup, adding flexibility to the overall solution.&lt;br /&gt;
* Independence from a previously shared evidence: The solution approach is not directly linked to a previously shared evidence, which means that a subscription and subsequent lookup can also be applied in cases where the original procedure (leading to the public service being provided) was completed without any automated evidence exchange, i.e. evidence was provided by the user electronically or in person, provided that there is a legal basis (see below).&lt;br /&gt;
* Extension of scope: New events can be added flexibly without immediate impact on existing subscriptions and without maintaining different versions of an (canonical) evidence definition.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Subscription and Notification Pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypothesis / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription: The DC controls the overall flow for the subscription. This means that the process on DP side is a child process of  the process on the DC side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Notification: The Notification is conceived as a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; coinversation, meaning that the processes are not really orchestrated. The DP process triggers (if successful) the DC process.&lt;br /&gt;
|If issues on the DC-side (subscriber) prevented receiving notifications, a resubmission would need to be requested explicitly. The DP required functionality for such (manual) resubmission of notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|Both the Subscription and the Notification are considered to be uninterrupted, not sending any deferred responses.&lt;br /&gt;
|For the subscription, this means that the DC must assume that the subscription was not successful if not receiving a confirmation delay. For the DP, this means that their subscription system must be robust against receiving the same subscription twice.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap&lt;br /&gt;
|OOP in the public sector does not require true E2E encryption. The exchange between DR and DP must be encrypted  and signed, as well as the transfers (if applicable on national level)  between DR and DE on DC side and DT and DO on DP side (i.e. using the  national OOP layer), but the encryption gap within the systems of the DR and DT is acceptable.&lt;br /&gt;
|This might not hold for cases where the gateway  would be outsourced to a private sector subcontractor, which is not foreseen  for the DE4A pilots.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Subscription and Notification are structured and adhere to known semantics and format that allow fully automated processing after receipt.&lt;br /&gt;
|To facilitate automated re-us of data requires establishing canonical event definitions.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Production system and real-life cases&lt;br /&gt;
|If the events relate to a legal person, not a natural person, subscription and notification can be run in production environments (see: Legal Considerations below)&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC still needs a legitimate reason to subscribe to events of a subject (i.e. company)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Payment for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|In the context of the pilots we assume that no payments are required.&lt;br /&gt;
|This can restrict transition of pilot solutions to production in cases that competent authorities require payment for issuing evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|BRIS integration&lt;br /&gt;
|A technical re-use or bridge to BRIS is not possible because of differences in scope and accessibility by competent authorities other then business registers.&lt;br /&gt;
|The pilot system for the [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] need to be set-up separate from BRIS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Matching evidences between Member States&lt;br /&gt;
|The Event Subscription and Notification is based on a set of harmonized events definitions. &lt;br /&gt;
|The participants need a semantic agreement in a set of standardized life/business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Legal Considerations ==&lt;br /&gt;
From a legal perspective, the central challenge is the need for a legal basis that allows impacted authorities to exchange Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications. This is certainly critical for personal data (since the GDPR requires a legal basis), but even in the case of pure business data that contains no personal data, authorities will need to be able to demonstrate that they have a legal basis allowing them to send Evidence Updates and/or Event Notifications abroad. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The SDGR is in principle not an answer to this issue, since it focuses on user-driven exchanges (based on a user request, and with a preview option). While a user request could have been scoped in a way that allows a user to define a time period for exchanges ('I request authority A to send evidence X to authority B, including any updates, for a period of Y years'), this is not the implementation path that has been chosen in the Implementing Act. Moreover, such a request wouldn't enable a preview as the SDGR requires. Thus, referring to the SDGR is not a sufficiently encompassing option. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This does not imply that subscriptions or event notifications are impossible, but rather than an alternative legal basis must be found. A few options are available, which will be discussed briefly below. For the avoidance of doubt: these options should only be applied in relation to business data; subscriptions/event notifications relating to individual persons (citizens) do not have a clear legal basis under data protection law, and due to the public sector context, reliance on consent or legitimate interest of the public administrations is not legally feasible. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For business data subscriptions and event notifications, the following options would be available: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- there should be no legal challenge in principle if the relevant information is already made publicly accessible by the relevant authority. If the information can be freely accessed and lawfully used by the public, proactively communicating it to specific authorities (in the form of evidence or a notification) should not be problematic either. While typically some terms and conditions would apply even to publicly accessible databases (e.g. to forbid commercial exploitation), it would be possible to conclude comparable agreements in the context of DE4A as well. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- exchanges should similarly be possible for information that is not publicly available, but that can only be accessed and used by parties if they conclude a suitable agreement with the relevant business register. In some Member States, business register data is made available to commercial entities on the basis of (usually) paid contracts, e.g. allowing them to integrate that data into business intelligence services. Companies can subscribe to such services to check e.g. credit rating or bankruptcy status of their customers. In countries that support this model, it should be legally feasible to conclude similar agreements to support DE4A pilot exchanges, hopefully on a free of charge basis, if this is acceptable to the data source. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These scenarios are likely more relevant for Updates of evidences than for pure Event Notifications, since formal evidences (extracts, certificates, attestations etc) are normally not included in these models. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Specifically for Evidence Subscriptions, the principal legal solution would be to establish a legal basis for the subscription outside of the SDGR. This could be viable under national laws, in combination with the request of a representative of the affected legal entity. A pure appeal to national law (without any request for a subscription service from the user) likely will not work; this is only possible if there's already a specific legal basis for direct evidence exchanges between the authorities, and that does not seem to be the case. The BRIS Directive is the closest approximation, but does not provide a basis for evidence subscriptions. This is why the request is important, as a way to strengthen the legal mandate of the evidence provider, allowing them to build on any existing right of the company representative to obtain evidences in relation to their company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business Process of the Event Subscription and Notification Pattern ==&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription and notification pattern realizes the goal to inform the data evaluator of relevant changes in the subject (i.e. company or citizen). This is done in two steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# In the subscription step the DE expresses the need to be informed on changes regarding a certain subject and this need is registered as a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
# In the notification step the DO monitors the subject and if a change occurs, all subscribers will be informed on this change&lt;br /&gt;
These two steps are independently triggered processes and are hence represented below in two separate BPMN Business Process Collaboration views. Please note that the Subscription is triggered by the DC (i.e. DC is the upper participant in the Subscription BPMN diagram), while the Notification is triggered by the DP (i.e. the DP is the upper participant in the Notification BPMN diagram).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription and Notification Starting Points ===&lt;br /&gt;
Some high-level starting points for the process design of this pattern are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Harmonised DE4A events: a list of harmonised, canonical events needs to be agreed upon so DE knows how to interpret events notified by DO. For the DE4A-pilots, i.e. the [[Use Case &amp;quot;Doing Business in Another Member State&amp;quot; (DBA UC2)]], it is an option to start with a short list of harmonised business evens.&lt;br /&gt;
* Subscription registration: the subscription consists at least of the subject identifier and the subscriber identification (i.e. DE ID).&lt;br /&gt;
* Business- or Life event-based notification: the event-based approach informs the DC, i.e. the subscriber, of every business of life event of the subject (i.e. company or citizen) subscribed to. Examples of such events: address changed, new owner, bankruptcy, employed/unemployed, death.&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification message: the notification consists at least of the subject (i.e. company) identifier, the harmonised event type of the event that took place and the timestamp of the event.&lt;br /&gt;
* Data evaluator post-processing: the DE needs to interpret the event and decide on the actions needed: e.g., request updated data, discard notification, start a specific procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration of DC and DP that starts with the need for a subscription being identified (i.e. in a public service procedure) and leads to the DE logging the confirmation that their subscription was successful.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Event Subscription process.jpg|alt=Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View|none|thumb|Event Subscription Business Process Collaboration View]]&lt;br /&gt;
The DE initiates the subscription and lets the DR identify the correct DO and sending the sub subscription request. Please note that a change of an already existing subscriptions follows the same process; The subscription end-date would, for example, be changes to effect a cancellation or prolongation of a subscription. The option of a perpetual subscription with explicit cancellation was also discussed and discarded. The DP process registers the subscription and returns a confirmation or an error (in case the subject could not be found in the registry). The Table below provides a description of each of the activities in the process.&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity Type*'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Need for a subscription identified'''&lt;br /&gt;
|Public Service Procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|A procedure of a public service provider (e.g.: subsidy) leads to the registration of a subject (e.g. company). After this registration, events can occur to the subject that could have impact on the service delivery to this subject. In order to be informed on these events, the public service provider can subscribe to the life-events or business-events of the subject.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription process can also be triggered for technical reasons: for instance to resend failed subscription requests.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g.: In the pilot Doing Business Abroad the subject is the represented company itself or a new branch of the represented company (the parent-company of the branch) and Data Evaluators subscribe to be notified on the business events of the represented company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger: Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|eProcedure / Public service / Notification&lt;br /&gt;
|Process&lt;br /&gt;
|Potential triggers to change a subscription are:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Public service: public service delivery can lead to the need to cancel the subscription (the public service has ended, e.g. a multi-year subsidy procedure, the country can decide to cancel the branch-office registration).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* eProcedure: the user can also withdraw from service and thereby initiating cancellation of the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification: after receiving a notification the assessment can be that the subscription is no longer needed (exception flow).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Technical reasons: for instance an error at the DO-side could lead to the need to resend the request to cancel a subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Initiate subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To initiate subscription data is collected and the subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'subscribe'&lt;br /&gt;
* subscription start and end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Change subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|To change a subscription data is collected and the changed subscription need is formulated:&lt;br /&gt;
* subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* data owner identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* subscriber identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* event catalogue&lt;br /&gt;
* action 'cancel subscription'&lt;br /&gt;
* new subscription end date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cancellation of a subscription is thus a change of the end date the current date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The changed subscription need is forwarded to the Data Requestor.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Lookup event provider routing information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DR uses the data owner identifier to look up routing information of the competent authority that facilitates subscription service. It is possible that at the DP-side the service provider of the subscription is different from the service provider of the evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request to subscribe is send to the participant facilitating the subscription service using the previously retrieved routing information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription request contains: the participant id of the subscriber, the subject identifier, the event catalogue, the period of subscription and the requested action (subscribe / cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The request is validated on a technical level and check on DE authorisation. If the request validates it is forwarded to the Data Owner. [Technical exceptions are out of scope.]&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Evaluate subscription request'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription request is evaluated to check if the request can be completed: Subscription functional checks: does subject exists, is event catalogue supported, is the subscription changing an existing subscription (i.e. update)&lt;br /&gt;
If the request does not pass the functional checks, the request is rejected and an error message will be sent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Prepare subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Collect the content of the error message and send it to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The subscription error message contains: participant id of subscriber, subject identifier, requested action, reference to the request message, full request message and the error code.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception Send subscription error message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The error message is forwarded to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Forward subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription error message received from Data Transferor is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Investigate reason for subscription error'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The received error message is analysed and appropriate actions are taken. This exception flow is not further detailed in this design.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Register subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner creates or changes the subscription according to the subscription request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Confirm subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription is created and send to the Data Transferor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The confirmation message contains: subscription result (success), timestamp of subscription, subscription request reference, subscription id.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send subscription confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription confirmation is sent to the Data Requestor from whom the request was received. The subscription confirmation message is added to the log.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Forward confirmation'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation of the subscription (received from the DT) is forwarded to the Data Evaluator.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Log subscription information'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The confirmation is logged to complete the audit trail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: register in a way that it is easily readable (optional: include subscription id).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;small&amp;gt;&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;*&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;Activity Type and Task Type in accordance with BPMN 2.0&amp;lt;/small&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Explicit request and preview =====&lt;br /&gt;
The nature of the Subscription and Notification pattern leads to a different use of the explicit request and preview as stated in the SDG Regulation:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Notification is performed without a user involvement, making real-time explicit request and preview impossible.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fraud prevention is an important driver for notifications, making explicit request and preview less opportune.&lt;br /&gt;
* The public nature of company data relaxes the need of explicit request and preview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Implementing an explicit request for future notifications introduces the burden of creating and maintaining an explicit request administration or even management of consent, with for instance options to revoke a previously given consent - these are arguably more relevant for citizen use cases.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': for the Business event notification explicit request and preview as defined in the SDG Regulation is not applicable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Positioning of subscription registration =====&lt;br /&gt;
For the location of the subscription registration various options can be considered:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* At the data providing MS: The subscription is registered at the data providing member state. The DE sends messages to the DO via DR and DT to manage the subscription (subscribe, cancel subscription).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Split between data provider and data consuming MS: It is a possibility to split the register; the DO then only registers which MS subscribe to a certain company, and the DC MS registers which DE subscribe to the company. The process flow would be: (1) a central component at the DT registers which DEs subscribe to which subjects of which data owners; (2) the DT registers as a MS for this company; (3) the DO registers which MS subscribes to which company and sends notifications to the DT (4) the DT distributes the notification to all DE.&lt;br /&gt;
* At a central component: The DE4A architecture implements the four-corner model, a central subscription register would conflict with this principle. Moreover, a subscription is a direct relation between a DO and a DE regarding a subject, there will be no added value to place such a subscription in an external, central component.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': The registration of subscriptions is placed within the data providing member state. DP MS is free to choose in which environment this is (DT, DO or another environment). The assumption for the design of the S&amp;amp;N pattern is that the subscription registration is fully placed in the environment of the DO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Subscription period =====&lt;br /&gt;
Both perpetual subscriptions and the use of a subscription period with start and end date were considered. A perpetual subscription would require an explicit cancellation from the DE if the subscription is not needed anymore. This option was discarded, mainly because of the risk of an increasing number of &amp;quot;ghost subscriptions&amp;quot; that send automated notifications that are then automatically filtered out as irrelevant upon receiving.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision:'' a subscription period with mandatory start and end dates is included in the subscription.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Evidence exchange and subscription request =====&lt;br /&gt;
The main flow of the DBA pilot is that the intermediation pattern triggers the subscription and notification pattern. Part of the intermediation pattern is the exchange of evidence: DE requests a specific evidence type from a specific company from the DO. In the happy flow the DE subscribes to receive notifications regarding this company. This trigger can be implemented in different ways:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* As a part of the request for evidence. The evidence exchange request then consists at least of: company identifier, requested evidence type, DE identifier, subscribe y/n.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* In a separate subscription request message: after a user consent to the preview and a successful completion of the registration process a separate subscription message is sent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision'': the subscription request is not combined with the evidence exchange request but is sent after successful registration of the company/branch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Design decision: not all business events are related to an evidence, subscriptions must therefore be made to business events to cover all notifications to be sent''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
==== Business Process Collaboration View ====&lt;br /&gt;
The BPMN diagram below shows the Business Process Collaboration view of the Event Notification process that starts by analysing domestic event definitions from a Registry (considered external to this process) and concludes with the DE logging the appropriate action to be taken as result of the notification. Pleas note that the process starts with the DP, hence the upper pool in the diagram is the DP.[[File:Event Notification process.jpg|alt=Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process|none|thumb|Business Process Notification View of the Notification Process]]As can be seen in the Figure above, the Notification is not expecting any business-level confirmation. The DP filters events from the registry that are relevant for cross-border notifications and the DT sends them to the DC. The set of harmonized events allows for an automated processing of the notification and the identification of the correct action. These actions are not only dependent on the type of event (identified by the DP), but also the type of public service provided by the DC. A simple response would be to lookup a changed evidence (see [[Lookup Pattern]]). More complex cases will require a business response and expert analysis. The reference process informs the responsible organisation or department to come into action.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Activity Table ====&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Owner evaluates all events identified in the register and identifies events that are potentially relevant for cross-border notifications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that the DO must have a mapping of it's own business events to the list of DE4A business events.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Check subscriptions'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The subscription register is queried for subscribers to the subject (e.g. company) related to the event:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* No active subscriptions: end of process&lt;br /&gt;
* Active subscriptions for the DE4A event catalogue found: continue notification process&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Prepare notification message and subscriber list'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Make a list of the subscribers to notify in terms of cross-border participant identifiers and create the payload of the notification, mainly the DE4A event name and subject identifier and the timestamp the event took place.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception trigger: Request from DE to resend event notifications'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception flow for missed notifications (failed or non-failed): if a DE misses notifications a resend of notifications can be requested.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resend past events'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The resending of previously sent notifications requires a manual action at the DT, based on logs.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Resolve service metadata'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Single notifications messages (one for each subscriber) are created from the list of subscribers and the notification payload. The routing information for each notification message is looked up.&lt;br /&gt;
The messages contain: subject identifier, secondary subject identifier (in case the identifier changed), subscriber identification, event identification, event timestamp, subscription reference (optional).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Exception: Resolve subscriber participant ID and inform National Contact Point'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|If address / DE participant ID is not found in the metadata, manual action is needed: contact DE / MS of participant to analyse the exception and take appropriate measures.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Send event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The event notification is sent to the Data Requestor, a technical acknowledgement that the notification has been received by the DR is received. The audit log is updated with both the event notification and the acknowledgement.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Validate event notification'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DR&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The Data Requestor performs a technical validation of the event notification and forwards it to the Data Evaluator. A technical exception flow is out of scope of this process description.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Determine event response'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event is analysed, and the appropriate response is determined.&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the event, different courses of action are possible:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Event is not relevant&lt;br /&gt;
* Event requires a new (i.e. updated) evidence&lt;br /&gt;
* Business response required&lt;br /&gt;
* Exception: The notification does not match the record or the record is not active, hence the subscription needs to be changes (i.e. cancelled)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The determination result is logged as a part of the audit trail:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Subject identifier&lt;br /&gt;
* Notified event&lt;br /&gt;
* Request ID&lt;br /&gt;
* Determined response&lt;br /&gt;
* Timestamp of determination&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Request change of subscription'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|When the company cannot be identified, or the registered company or branch is no longer active, a change (i.e. cancellation) of the  subscription is requested. Afterwards this will be analysed to find the cause of this apparently wrong subscription and to take appropriate measures. This subprocess includes user tasks and is not end-to-end automated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Dismiss event'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The notified event does not have impact on the procedures of the Data Evaluator and is dismissed. No further actions need to be taken.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Trigger evidence lookup'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Lookup Pattern]] is triggered to request a new, current, copy of the relevant evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [[Doing Business Abroad Pilot]] will e.g.: request the Company Registration Evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Identify business response and notify responsible party'''&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The responsible organisational unit is identified and informed in order to take appropriate action. It depends on the specific process if this action can be performed automated or manually.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==== Design decisions ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Response on event notification =====&lt;br /&gt;
Functional responses from Data Evaluator to Data Owner after receiving an event notification, for example to inform that appropriate actions have been taken, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Notifications from Subscriber =====&lt;br /&gt;
Notifications from Data Evaluator to Data Owner, for example to inform Data Owner on changes in the branch registration, are out of scope of the Subscription and Notification pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process Realisation ==&lt;br /&gt;
As with the Business Process Collaboration Views above, the Subscription &amp;amp; Notification pattern has two sets of Process Realization Views that provide the details on functional Application Services required to realize the business process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning  Event Subscription, starting with the view for the DC, as it is the DC that starts a Subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Two Views concerning Event Notification, starting with the view of the DP, as it is the DP that starts a Notification&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This pattern does not provide any User Process Realization views as the user is not directly involved in the exchange. As can be seen in the Business Process above, Subscription is triggered by a public service process that requires updates for as long as the public service is provided, and the Notification is triggered by Events identified in the Base Registry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please see to the respective sections per [[DE4A Service Interoperability Solutions Toolbox#Library of components and building blocks|Application Collaborations]] in the Reference Application Architecture for detailed descriptions of each Application Service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Subscription ===&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Consumer, triggered by the need for a subscription, i.e. for public service provided over an extended period of time, and resulting (if successful) in receiving and logging the subscription.  [[File:Subscription Process Realization - DC.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that both Initiation and Change subscription is provided by essentially the same service from the [[EProcedure Back-office]]. Changes, i.e. changes of the subscription end-date are handled in the process essentially identical as new subscriptions and are used to effect prolongations (new, later end-date) and cancellation (new end-data set to current date) of subscriptions. This provides maximum freedom to  [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] systems of the DP to handle cancellations and prolongation in the context of their own application architecture. For update cases a reference to the original subscription could be included as optional attribute in the request message. Service from the [[Information Desk]], the [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are used to address and send the subscription request to the right DP. Even if the DP identity might already be known, at least the  technical rooting information is looked up, given the highly distributed nature of cross-border systems.      &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The right half of the Process realization shows reaction to receiving either a subscription error or confirmation. Investigating the reasons for a subscription error is a subprocess that usually includes manual work, as reasons can reach from simple ID mismatches to fraud.     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:     &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Subscription process at the Data Provider, triggered by receiving a subscription request from the DC and resulting, if successful, by sending a confirmation that the subscription was registered in the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system.    &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Subscription_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Subscription Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the process requires, apart from a simple technical validation, some sort of authorization at the start, the Authority Check, realized by the [[Information Desk]]. This is considered more relevant for Subscriptions than for the [[Intermediation Pattern]], let alone the [[User-supported Intermediation Pattern]], because the user is not directly involved here. The main part of the process is supported by a [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] system. This application collaboration realizes all Application services required to evaluate, register and confirm the subscription. Please note that the Subscription Creation and Update Service must identify whether a subscription request relates to an already existing subscription, i.e. is an update. This should happen at least as fall-back option, based on the subject ID and subscriber ID and overlapping subscription times, rather than a mandatory subscription ID, which could remain optional. In addition, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] are involved to guarantee secure and reliable message exchange. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
*[[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Event Notification ===&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Provider, triggered by changes in the base registry and resulting, if successful, in sending a Notification to the DC.[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DP.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Provider]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The Process Realisation view above shows that the event stream from the base registry is first filtered to identify Cross-border events, i.e. events that are mapped to DE4A canonical event definitions. These events are then used to lookup active subscriptions, which are then collected into a subscriber list per event, coupled to the Notification Message (i.e. event type and subject ID). All of these steps are realized by the [[Cross-border Subscriptions]] Application Collaboration. The [[Information Desk]] is again used to lookup at least the technical part of the routing. This gives rise to an exception flow if for a subscriber, registered in [[Cross-border Subscriptions]], no service metadata (i.e. consumer) can be found in the [[Information Desk]]. Resolving such a situation is a subprocess, involving manual work and often resulting in corrective action required at the subscriber-side (e.g: reorganisation in the DC country did not update subscriptions, service metadata not maintained). Finally, [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] providing for secure messaging.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It is important to note that the DP Process ends with sending the actual Notification message. Even though the transport protocol should ensure that this Notification was received by the gateway of the DC, this still means that it is functionally a &amp;quot;fire and forget&amp;quot; exchange; The DP is not informed whether the Notification was successfully processed by the DC. This gives rise to a second starting point of the process for exception handling: The DT might be asked by a DC, who experiences problems receiving or processing notifications to have all notifications (both successful and unsuccessful) of a given time period to be resent from the logs.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Cross-border Subscriptions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below shows the Process Realisation of the Notification process at the Data Consumer, triggered by receiving an Event Notification message and resulting in the correct event response being triggered and logged. &lt;br /&gt;
* &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Notification_Process_Realization_-_DC.png|alt=Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer|none|frame|Notification Process Realization of the Data Consumer]]The Process Realisation view above shows that [[Trust Architecture]] and [[Data Logistics]] play again their role in secure message exchange, while the [[EProcedure Back-office]] plays the central role in determining the event response and in triggering the associated actions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* For the hybrid approach described above, a lookup of an evidence (i.e. company registration) could be triggered.&lt;br /&gt;
* Changing or cancelling the subscription&lt;br /&gt;
* Notifying the responsible organisation to take actions (e.g. termination of public service, suspicion of fraud)&lt;br /&gt;
* No immediate reaction is required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Application Collaborations used by this Process Realization diagram:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Data Logistics]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[EProcedure Back-office]]&lt;br /&gt;
[[Category:wip]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2900</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2900"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T06:59:23Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displayed in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available. The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence from their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issues evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2899</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2899"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T06:56:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displayed in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available. The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence from their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issue evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2898</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2898"/>
		<updated>2021-07-07T06:51:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displayed in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available. The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence from their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issue evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2897</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2897"/>
		<updated>2021-07-06T18:36:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displays in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available. The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence from their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issue evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2896</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2896"/>
		<updated>2021-07-06T18:36:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displays in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available. The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence form their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issue evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2895</id>
		<title>Verifiable Credentials Pattern</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.de4a.eu/index.php?title=Verifiable_Credentials_Pattern&amp;diff=2895"/>
		<updated>2021-07-06T18:30:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Ictu alexander.bielowski: /* Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The Verifiable Credentials Pattern (VC Pattern) is one of the cross-border interaction patterns of the DE4A [[Reference Architecture]]. It is a user-managed access pattern in D2.1 terminology (cf. [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework]). It is used by the following use case: [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3).]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data stored in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC) are data representations in the form of a set of claims about some subject (i.e. User) issued by the issuer (i.e. Data Provider). Verifiable Credentials can be cryptographically verified by any third party i.e. Data Consumer (DC) to whom Verifiable Credentials is presented (usually in the form of a Verifiable Presentation (VP)).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VC Pattern utilizes blockchain technology features in several ways. First, storing decentralized identifiers (DIDs) and its correlating DID documents, which includes all relevant entity pieces of information about the issuer, including associated cryptographic keys, endpoints, etc. that can be used to authenticate the issuer (i.e. Data Provider (DP), and cryptographically validate VC that was issued by its DID. Second, storing and maintaining a list of verified/trusted issuers, i.e. DPs. Third, keep the list of revoked VCs. Furthermore, all other entities (i.e. DC, and Users) also have DIDs, and related DID documents, that are different than the DC information stored directly on their devices, i.e. Agents (edge or cloud). These DIDs are used for setting direct, i.e. DID communication between entities.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VCs are issued to a User in a cryptographically secure manner collected in a user-maintained digital wallet that is part of the edge agent (i.e. mobile phone) in their possession. An Edge agent serves as an instrument with which all secure interchanges are managed (i.e. Initiate DID connection, Accept DID connection, Accept Verifiable Credential, Present Verifiable Credential). Moreover, the managing of DID connections, VC issuing and verifying operated by DPs and DCs is handled through a dedicated cloud agent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A mock-up of the user journey was created using Wireframes (see [[:File:DE4A_-_VC_SSI-based_interaction_pattern_-_User_Story.pdf|Wireframe Mock-up]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Working hypotheses and implementation principles ==&lt;br /&gt;
The present reference architecture is valid under several working hypotheses and implementation principles, which are working hypotheses that are either validated or decided upon by the members of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials pattern working hypotheses and implementation principles&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Interdisciplinary Topic'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Hypotheses / Principle'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Implications and Limitations'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Orchestration / Choreography&lt;br /&gt;
|The orchestration of the evidence exchange is  performed by the User, who is supported in identifying the right DP to communicate  with.&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern is a version of a User-managed access  pattern as identified in [https://b0b3923b-028b-4cc4-aa23-7b874a2ae593.filesusr.com/ugd/2844e6_ec9fb88703ef431c8a55c63b294fb2cd.pdf D2.1 Architecture Framework].&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary, overlapping or conflicting  evidence equivalents&lt;br /&gt;
|Complementary evidence cases must in principle be supported by the technical system. Deep analysis on whether they are jointly valid or are contradicting each other is left to the public service provider and not included as functionality in the cross-border OOP sequence.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)|DE4A pilot case]] applying this pattern does not to suffer from this issue and the common VC schema approach also means that this issue is usually resolved at the DP-side.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Interrupted vs. Uninterrupted exchange&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern can support interrupted procedures  and deferred responses based on established DID connection and the user agent  as uncoupling point.&lt;br /&gt;
|The “save and resume” functionality of the  eProcedure portal of the DC  is required for the VC pattern to  function.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Explicit request and transitivity between actors&lt;br /&gt;
|The VC pattern does not include an explicit request  for evidence transfer as it is a User-manages Access pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|The user requests the use of verifiable credentials.  Requesting the VC from the DP can be considered an implicit user request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview &amp;amp; Approval UI&lt;br /&gt;
|The user agent provides the preview between getting the Verifiable Credential (VC) issued by the DP and providing the Verifiable Presentation (VP) to the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not considering the exchange without user  request and approval (i.e. based on national or Union law) in the VC pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Identity and Record Matching &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern: The user has direct interaction with both the DC and the DP and can easily assist with additional information.&lt;br /&gt;
|In case of a user authentication at the DP, using an  eID of the DP country, record matching is not needed. If eIDAS is used, then  the DP can solicit additional information from the U to perform the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Transitivity of user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern, because the user plays the central role in this pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|The user authenticates themselves at the DP&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Hand-on of UI between actors &lt;br /&gt;
|The User navigates from the DC eProcedure portal to  the DP evidence portal – this hand-on of the user is facilitated by the DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The routing information for the VC pattern consists  of URLs of the respective evidence portals, not DIDs. The DID connection is  established directly between User and DP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandate and Proxy&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical to Intermediation, however not relevant for the VC Pattern in the scope of DE4A.&lt;br /&gt;
|Mandates and powers are not in scope for the Studying Abroad Pilot's VC Use Case.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption Gap &lt;br /&gt;
|The assumption can be relaxed in comparison to the Intermediation pattern.&lt;br /&gt;
|Encryption is handled by the DID connection between U and DC and between U and DP respectively&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Structured data vs. unstructured data&lt;br /&gt;
|All evidence using this pattern are represented as structured and machine-readable data in the form of Verifiable Credentials  adhering to a common VC schema for any given evidence-type&lt;br /&gt;
|For each evidence-type in scope of the pilot, a common VC schema must be agreed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Automated re-use of data&lt;br /&gt;
|Adherence to a common VC schema makes automated  re-use much more likely&lt;br /&gt;
|This is not to say that the provision of the  (public) service can be end-to-end automated. In the diploma recognition use case, for example, the matching of study subjects and requirements will  remain an expert task for the foreseeable future.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Data transferor re-issues the evidence in the form  of VC&lt;br /&gt;
|We assume that the DT can re-issue the evidence in  the form of VC again in the name of the data owner.&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing of the VC is not equivalent to the issuing of the original evidence. For the diploma user case this means, for example, that the VC is an evidence that a diploma is existing, meaning is different from the  diploma issued by a university previously.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issuing VC with diploma claims&lt;br /&gt;
|We are not issuing new diplomas but VCs, which have those claims that a diploma, already in the registry, has.&lt;br /&gt;
|This does not preclude that in the future, a  university can directly issues a diploma in form of a VC that corresponds to  the VC schema adopted by DE4A. This case is compatible with the VC pattern  proposed in this document.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Multi-evidence Case&lt;br /&gt;
|Only the Multiple Data Providers case is relevant for the VC pattern as each evidence is equated to one VC that is issues separately.&lt;br /&gt;
If Data Providers (Issuers) are not highly integrated on MS-level, then the users need to re-authenticate on several different platforms and establish DID connection with different SSI Authority agents.&lt;br /&gt;
|The [[Use Case &amp;quot;Diploma/Certs/Studies/Professional Recognition&amp;quot; (SA UC3)]] does not involve multiple evidences.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Business process collaboration ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Figure below models the Verifiable Credential pattern in BPM notation. Using the colouring of the tasks in the BPMN, the different points of interaction of users is clarified. The yellow colour represents the agent (digital wallet) activity. The green colour represents the activities performed in the DC portal and interaction management, while the blue colour represents the activities performed in the DP portal. In the table of this section all business activities are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credentials process.jpg|thumb|Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|alt=Business Process Collaboration view of the Verifiable Credential Pattern|center|800x800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
The business collaboration diagram can be roughly divided into three sections: The first section shows the dialogue between the User and the DP via the eProcedure portal concerned with setting up the communication (i.e. DID connection) and submitting credentials in form of Verifiable Presentations (VP), leading up to the user task ‘Follow evidence status’. This task is central for the management of the evidence exchange. The second section shows the conversation between User and DP and is required if the User has not all VCs available in their wallet and wants to collect additional credentials from one of several DPs. Note that in this pattern, there is no direct conversation between DC and DP. The third section concerns the evaluation of the evidence by the DP, the submission of the (public) service request and includes the subprocess ‘Provide (public) service’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case that the user needs to collect additional VCs, the processes need to return to the first section for the submission of the VC to the DC. This is modelled using a process pattern called “ad-hoc loop”. They are drawn bold to make them stand-out as they are part of the normal flow [ad-hoc loops are more typically used to model corrective exception flows]. It helps the understanding to recall the BPMN collaboration diagrams [2] models the participant processes (here User, DC and DP) as essentially independent sequence flows that communicate via message flows (dashed lines).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Looking first at the user process and following the bold ad-hoc loops that return the user to submitting the VC to the DC after they received a new VC from a DP, you can see that the user first returns to the activity ‘Follow evidence status’ in the DC portal. Here they select to submit the required VC. This throws a message to the DC to trigger the (re-)submission and then waits for the receipt of new ‘Proof request’. A parallel gateway is used in this return flow to depict the fact that the user returns to the evidence status overview in the DC portal while in parallel interacting with their (mobile) wallet. Upon receiving the ‘Proof request’ the user follows the normal “forward” flow submitting the VP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the DC process, we see that the fact that a required VC is not available moved the DC on a process path ‘Prepare DP lookup’ and wait for the receipt of the above mentioned ‘(re-)submission trigger’ from the user (or alternatively for a session time out, which would require a re-authentication of the user to resume the Procedure). Upon receiving the trigger, the DC process follows via the bold return flow to ‘Generate VC-based evidence proof request’ from where they follow again the “forward” path to receiving the Verifiable Presentation and on to validating it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Business activities of the Verifiable Credential pattern ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Business Activities of the Verifiable Credentials Pattern&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Activity / UC'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Role''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Type'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request or resume (public) service procedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The user navigates to the eProcedure in the DC country and requests a (public) service. This means they fill in the required information and start the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure how much information is provided by the user (i.e. which fields to be filled out) in this activity (i.e. prior to authentication) or when submitting the eProcedure later in the process. Email should be included as means to contact the user or provide updates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the user is returning to a previously started procedure, the eProcedure will return to original instance after authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE requests the U to authenticate themselves. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or using the eID of the DC MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DC country available (see cases 3) and 4) in Table 4 above). The DE provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The U uses the means available to them to provide the authentication details. This can happen at the user’s discretion using the eID of the DC MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of authentication. If the user is representing another entity (typically a legal person), this relation is also retrieved as part of this authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
The DE establishes the identity of the U in the DC MS environment. In the eIDAS case, this means that the eIDAS uniqueness ID must be linked to the national identification number used to access the MS registries. In the national eID case, this means that the eIDAS attributes (mandatory and optional) must be retrieved for further use in the process. In case of a business user, the company identification must be matched. The match of the representing natural person to a population register is not required in all MS.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Redirect user to another channel&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: &lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U cannot be identified in an automated way by the DC and alternative digital or non-digital channel information (depending on the eProcedure at hand user and potentially dependent on the type of identification error) is collected and provided to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Abort eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern: Exception handling activity: Alternative channel information is displayed to the user and the user exits the e-procedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Determine procedural requirements&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE compares the available information (i.e. in the DC MS registries via the national OOP layer) with the information required by the eProcedure. The result can be a (list of) required evidence, defined in terms of the DC country, which is then displayed to the user as a request to provide the evidence, together with the option for the user to request the evidence via the OOTS.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This activity is not trivial and should prevent that we ask a User for evidence that is readily available in the DC MS and might not be available in the OOTS cross-border scope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Example: It would not make any sense for a Dutch DC to ask a German national born in the Netherlands to provide a birth certificate (which he could not get via the OOTS as it is not cross-border). A similar situation would be asking a French national with a Belgian university diploma to provide that diploma in order to be admitted for a PhD in another Belgian university.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request VC-based transfer of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses to request the transfer of evidence  in the form of Verifiable Credentials (VC). This action starts the process of  the preparation for a DID Connection between the U and DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is presented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DE, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DE endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DC&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code presented on the eProcedure portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attack&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we this vulnerability should be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DE informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate VC-based evidence proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Based on the procedural requirements, the DE  generates an evidence request for the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide available evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U is informed about available evidence (VCs)  that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which  proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with DE.  After the VC's are chosen, a VP of those is provided to the DE.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Inform that evidence (VC) is not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user is informed about available evidence  (VCs) that matches the procedural requirements and has the option to select which proofs in the form of Verifiable Presentation (VP) he will share with  DE. If the user does not have any required evidence or does not select any of  the matched ones to share with DE, the DE is informed that VC is not  available.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Prepare DP lookup&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE retrieves the technical routing  information (e.g. rooting identifier or URL of the evidence portal provider), based on the evidence type (in terms of DP country) and the issuing competent  authority (or geographic scope of authority).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DE saves public service request and determines the amount of time window in which the user can provide required evidence in the form of VP.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Follow evidence status&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|After the U chooses to provide the evidence required in the form of a VC and establishes a DID connection with the DE, the eProcedure portal shows them an evidence status overview.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It essentially shows the progress of the request  for each separate requested evidence (VC). These statuses should include:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)      Required&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)      Provided&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the case the evidences are required, the U has  the option to PROVIDE the EVIDENCE or LOOK UP THE VC-ISSUER.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Choose VC issuer&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U chooses a DP that is  capable to provide evidence in the form of VC's that are needed for U to  submit eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request the evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The user informs a DP that they request the  evidence in the form of VC's by way of following the link displays in the Procedure portal; Note that the URL will need to include a parameter specifying the VC schema requested. This action starts the process of the preparation for a DID Connection and VC issuing process between U and DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request authentication for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO requests the U to authenticate themself. This can happen in two ways, either using eIDAS (default) or  using the eID of the DP MS, in case that the U has the national eID of the DP  country available (case 1 and 2 in Table 4). The case of  using the national eID scheme would consequently be quite common.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DP provides both options to the U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide authentication details for evidence (VC)  retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U uses the means available to them to provide  the authentication details. This can happen to the user’s discretion using  the eID of the DP MS or eIDAS. In the second case, the user is forwarded to  the authentication service of the identity provider of their means of  authentication.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC) request&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT receives the request and checks whether  the request meets formal requirements and can be accepted. It should e.g. be  checked whether the requesting U can reasonably and rightfully request that  specific type of evidence.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Generate DID invitation for evidence (VC) retrieval&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT generates an invitation for a DID  connection with a U. The invitation is represented to the user in the form of  a QR code. The invitation holds data about the DID document of the DT, stored  on a distributed ledger. The DID document also holds the DT endpoint, which  is used for DID communication with U agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Accept DID connection with DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The U responds with accepting or rejecting an  invitation for a DID connection generated by DE by scanning a QR code  presented on the DT portal. Note that this step is vulnerable for a &amp;quot;shoulder attach&amp;quot;, meaning that a different mobile agent could be used than the one of the user, authenticated in the previous step via eIDAS. The pilot could attempt to use encrypted VCs, however, we hope that this vulnerability would be closed by the new European identity wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Establish DID connection with User&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Both parties (agents) create a DID connection in  case none-existed before, otherwise the DID connections is just initialised. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The DT informs U about the success of the connection establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Re-establish user identity&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO matches the information about the user (i.e. eIDAS mandatory and optional attributes) with DP country records to identify the user in their systems. This amounts to matching the eIDAS attributes to a national identification number. (If the national eID is used, this task is skipped).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Data Owner activity, because in a distributed scenario, the data transferor might not have a legal basis to do so.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Request additional identification attributes&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
If the User identity cannot be easily matched, the DO displays to user a UI requesting additional identification attributes to improve the match.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide additional identification information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: Interactive form- or chat-based Q&amp;amp;A for additional identification information (beyond eIDAS attributes). The requested information clearly depends on the available information at the data provider.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Extract evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DO extracts the requested evidence form their registry and forwards it to the DT.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Digitise evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DO&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|The DO digitize required evidence if evidence  details are in the paper archive.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Communicate non-available or delay of evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Exception handling activity: The DT informs the U  that they cannot be identified unequivocally and the OOTS cannot be used to  transfer the evidence or that the requested evidence cannot be provided or  cannot be provided within the agreed SLA.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive error or delay notification&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The DP displays error or delay information to the User. These error messages are listed above in the activity ‘Establish non-availability of OOP’&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In addition, the exception UI informs the U to return to the eProcedure portal of the DC.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Save or abort (public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Exception handling activity: The U is informed that not all required evidence could be received, hence that there are still missing evidences preventing the eProcedure to be completed. It depends (only) on the functionality of the specific eProcedure portal what options are provided to the U. We expect that in most cases the user can save the procedure in order to return at a later stage, to repeat the cross-border OOP request or to provide the missing evidence themselves.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Issue requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DT&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DT issue evidence in the form of VC to a U.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Preview and accept requested evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|The U receives requested evidence in the form of  VC from the DT, review it, and decide to accept or reject the storage of this  evidence to their digital wallet.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Verify evidence (VP)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|The DC receives evidence in the form of VP. In  this activity, the following pieces of information inside the VP are  verified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) is checked (is evidence issuer competent in issuing such  evidence?)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        evidence  issuer (DP) digital signature is validated (is provided evidence issued from  stated evidence issuer)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        U verification  (is the authenticated U subject of provided evidence?),&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
·        The  validity in time of evidence is checked (is provided evidence valid at the  time of presentation, i.e., revoked, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Evaluate evidence (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Service&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The DE checks whether all requested evidences are available and validates that they conform to the evidence type requested. In the positive scenario that all evidences are available, the DE communicates to the user that the procedure can be submitted. In the negative case that not all evidences are received, the DE communicates this back to the U. The Procedure can then not be completed.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Submit eProcedure&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|User&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U fills the remaining fields required for the eProcedure. It is specific to the MS and the eProcedure which fields to be filled out in this activity or when requesting the eProcedure at the start of the process.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Usually the U is prompted to verify the provided information in an overview before hitting the Submit button.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Provide public service&lt;br /&gt;
|DE&lt;br /&gt;
|Subprocess&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
This is a subprocess that is very heterogeneous in composition and timeline, depending on which public service is provided and by which competent authority. Theoretically, the subprocess could be fully automated in some cases, but typically this is a back-office process involving multiple activities of public servants and might take days to several weeks. In many countries the maximum time for this process is defined by law.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive acknowledgment or receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The U is waiting to receive the acknowledgment that their (public) service request is received in order and that the service will be provided, oftentimes incl. an indication of the expected time needed. The acknowledgment can be is displayed in the eProcedure portal or sent by e-mail or deposited in a government-hosted, secure message box or a combination of the above.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive (public) service result&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Receive&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Once the public service is completed, the result is provided to the U. This communication is fully dependent on the functionalities of the eProcedure portal (e.g. e-mail and/or government-hosted, secure message box).&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations ===&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;wikitable&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|+Verifiable Credentials Pattern Conversations&lt;br /&gt;
|'''From''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Message'''&lt;br /&gt;
|'''To''' &lt;br /&gt;
|'''Description'''&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The choice of public service requested and an initial set of information from the user required for the initiation of the request (breadth and type of information can vary between MS and requested service and can be substantial in some cases. Essentially this includes all information that the user provides prior to the point in the procedure where authentication is required). Inclusion of e-mail could facilitate (additional) messages to the user.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Link to UI or identity service provider, potentially to several alternative eID services.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Authentication details&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Identity information of the user (i.e. uniqueness ID + identification data set).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Alternative channel information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Contact information (e.g. email, telephone or address) of an alternative channel to request the public service or to complete authentication/registration.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for evidence&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the Intermediation Pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
List of evidences (in terms of the DC country) that are required to complete the eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) initiation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|A user request to the eProcedure portal to start an evidence exchange in the form of VC using DID communication&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID invitation&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The authority (DC/DP) prepares a QR code which is  sent to the user to be scanned. The QR code presents a DID invitation, which  includes all required information for the establishment of DID communication  between users’ agent and authority (DC/DP) agent. The invitation can also be  sent in other forms, e.g., HTTP, NFC, Bluetooth.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection request&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|By scanning the QR code, the user’s agent decodes  the QR code into a human-readable form, which is shown on the agent’s UI  (information about the authority’s agent with which the DID connection will  be established). After the review, the user decides to accept the DID  invitation. The information about the user agent is sent to the authority  (DC/DP).&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC/DP&lt;br /&gt;
|DID connection response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the success of the DID communication establishment.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Proof request&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which evidences in the form of VC’s are required for public service.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) non-availability notification&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that some of the required VC’s are not currently available in the digital wallet that is part of the user  agent.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) Verifiable presentation&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (VC) in the form of a Verifiable Presentation.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update with DP lookup (VC not  provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of  required evidence and the information, also includes a list of DPs, which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence status update + email (VC provided)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information, which holds the status of the  required evidence. Furthermore, it also includes a list of DPs which can  provide required evidence (VC) in case some evidence is missing.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence (Re)submission trigger&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that triggers new evidence (VC) proof request.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Implicit user request&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|The choice for a DP to provide the evidence  (issuance of VC) and an initial set of information about requested evidence (VC), such subject and evidence type.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Request for additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the information on record at the DP this request can include different attributes (e.g. matriculation number for universities, national identifiers for ministries, maiden name….)&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Additional information&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Identical with the User-supported Intermediation pattern:&lt;br /&gt;
The information attribute that the DP requested to perform the extended identify matching.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence not available&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that evidence cannot be provided.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DP&lt;br /&gt;
|Evidence response (VC)&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|Requested evidence in the form of verifiable  credentials.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response completed&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|The information about the submission of the  eProcedure.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|Acknowledgment of receipt&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The information that submission of the eProcedure  has been received.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
|DC&lt;br /&gt;
|(Public) service response&lt;br /&gt;
|U&lt;br /&gt;
|The result of public service&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Process realization ==&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 26 below shows how application services serve the User process (cf. Figure 25). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - User.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the User Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the User Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
Through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the User requests or resumes  a public service, and via the [[Trust Architecture]] provides their authentication details. At this point, the User can decide to abort the eProcedure or choose the form of evidence needed for (public) service. [[User Agent]], amongst other things, supports the User requesting to provide evidence in the form of a VC, which are (if already acquired) stored in their edge agent (i.e. mobile phone). Next, the QR code as the method of initiation of the DID connection establishment is presented to the User. By scanning the QR code by the [[User Agent]] information about the Data Consumer agent (cloud) are presented to the User who now has the choice to accept (or reject) the establishment of DID connection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the connection is established, the [[User Agent]] checks if proper evidence is already present. Alternatively, the User has a choice to inform the DC that evidence in the form of VC is not available. Moreover, the User can follow the status of the evidence ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]) to check which evidence has already been provided to the DC. In case that the User does not hold the required evidence, through the [[Information Desk]], the User can perform a search for the Data Provider who can contribute relevant evidence (in the form of a VC).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After the DP is found, the User can request the re-issuance of the evidence in the form of a VC. For this action, via [[Trust Architecture]], the User needs to provide authentication details to (possibly, with additional identification data) to the DP. In case of any exception, a notification about the error or delay is provided, and the (public) service request can be saved or aborted. After the authentication, the [[Evidence Portal]] shows the User QR code, which includes all information about the DID connection establishment with the DP. Now, the User’s DE4A User Agent can accept DID connection with DP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of a successful DID connection establishment between the User and DP, the requested re-issued evidence in the VC form is delivered. The User can preview the evidence and choose to accept the requested evidence. As a result of acceptance, the evidence is stored in a digital wallet in the [[User Agent]]. Now the User can provide available evidence in the form of Verifiable Presentation to the DC, and when all required pieces of evidence are successfully presented to the DC, submit the eProcedure. After this, the User receives an acknowledgment of receipt and finally receive (public) service result.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 27 below shows how the DC process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services (dark blue: DE4A specific, light blue: EIRA). The application services are realized by application collaborations, which are presented in section 4.6.4. In Table 35, the application services are described.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DC.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Consumer Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Consumer, through the [[Trust Architecture]], authenticates the User and establishes their identity. Next, through the [[EProcedure Portal]], the determination of procedural requirements is performed, and later, through the portal cloud agent (i.e., DE4A authority agent), the DID connection with user is established, including the generation of DID invitation and DID connection response. Subsequently, the evidence (VC) proof request is generated, and after the proof is provided (in the form of Verifiable Presentation) by the user, this proof is cryptographically validated and evaluated from the business requirements standpoint of view.  When all required pieces of evidence are provided and successfully validated and evaluated, the public service is provided to the User.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the User does not hold all the necessary pieces of evidence, a DP lookup where the missing evidence can be acquired is prepared ([[Evidence Interchange Management]]).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Figure 28 below shows how the DP process (cf. Figure 25) is served by application services. The application services are realized by application collaborations. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Verifiable Credential Process Realization - DP.jpg|alt=Process Realization of the Data Provider Process|none|thumb|Process Realization of the Data Provider Process]]&lt;br /&gt;
The Data Provider authenticates the User through the [[Trust Architecture]], and if needed, requests additional identification attributes and re-establish the User’s identity. An evaluation of the User's request for (re)issuing of evidence in the form of VC is performed. Later, through the Portal cloud agent (i.e. [[Authority Agent]]), the DID connection with the User is established, including the generation of a DID invitation and DID connection response. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The requested evidence is extracted through [[Evidence Retrieval]] (if necessary, also digitized) and (re)issued to the User in the form of VC (through [[Authority Agent]]). In case of an error or delay within the process mentioned above, the User is informed through the [[Evidence Portal]].&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Application collaborations ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Authority Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[User Agent]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[eProcedure Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Portal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Retrieval]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Information Desk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Trust Architecture]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Evidence Interchange Management]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Ictu alexander.bielowski</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>